1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * ex_cmds.c: some functions for command line commands 12 */ 13 14 #include "vim.h" 15 #include "version.h" 16 17 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 18 # include <float.h> 19 #endif 20 21 static int linelen(int *has_tab); 22 static void do_filter(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, exarg_T *eap, char_u *cmd, int do_in, int do_out); 23 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO 24 static char_u *viminfo_filename(char_u *); 25 static void do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags); 26 static int viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp); 27 static int read_viminfo_up_to_marks(vir_T *virp, int forceit, int writing); 28 #endif 29 30 static int check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf); 31 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 32 static void delbuf_msg(char_u *name); 33 #endif 34 static int 35 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 36 _RTLENTRYF 37 #endif 38 help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2); 39 static void prepare_help_buffer(void); 40 41 /* 42 * ":ascii" and "ga". 43 */ 44 void 45 do_ascii(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 46 { 47 int c; 48 int cval; 49 char buf1[20]; 50 char buf2[20]; 51 char_u buf3[7]; 52 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 53 int cc[MAX_MCO]; 54 int ci = 0; 55 int len; 56 57 if (enc_utf8) 58 c = utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cc); 59 else 60 #endif 61 c = gchar_cursor(); 62 if (c == NUL) 63 { 64 MSG("NUL"); 65 return; 66 } 67 68 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 69 IObuff[0] = NUL; 70 if (!has_mbyte || (enc_dbcs != 0 && c < 0x100) || c < 0x80) 71 #endif 72 { 73 if (c == NL) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 74 c = NUL; 75 if (c == CAR && get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_MAC) 76 cval = NL; /* NL is stored as CR */ 77 else 78 cval = c; 79 if (vim_isprintc_strict(c) && (c < ' ' 80 #ifndef EBCDIC 81 || c > '~' 82 #endif 83 )) 84 { 85 transchar_nonprint(buf3, c); 86 vim_snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), " <%s>", (char *)buf3); 87 } 88 else 89 buf1[0] = NUL; 90 #ifndef EBCDIC 91 if (c >= 0x80) 92 vim_snprintf(buf2, sizeof(buf2), " <M-%s>", 93 (char *)transchar(c & 0x7f)); 94 else 95 #endif 96 buf2[0] = NUL; 97 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 98 _("<%s>%s%s %d, Hex %02x, Octal %03o"), 99 transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval); 100 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 101 if (enc_utf8) 102 c = cc[ci++]; 103 else 104 c = 0; 105 #endif 106 } 107 108 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 109 /* Repeat for combining characters. */ 110 while (has_mbyte && (c >= 0x100 || (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80))) 111 { 112 len = (int)STRLEN(IObuff); 113 /* This assumes every multi-byte char is printable... */ 114 if (len > 0) 115 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 116 IObuff[len++] = '<'; 117 if (enc_utf8 && utf_iscomposing(c) 118 # ifdef USE_GUI 119 && !gui.in_use 120 # endif 121 ) 122 IObuff[len++] = ' '; /* draw composing char on top of a space */ 123 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, IObuff + len); 124 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len, 125 c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Octal %o") 126 : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Octal %o"), c, c, c); 127 if (ci == MAX_MCO) 128 break; 129 if (enc_utf8) 130 c = cc[ci++]; 131 else 132 c = 0; 133 } 134 #endif 135 136 msg(IObuff); 137 } 138 139 /* 140 * ":left", ":center" and ":right": align text. 141 */ 142 void 143 ex_align(exarg_T *eap) 144 { 145 pos_T save_curpos; 146 int len; 147 int indent = 0; 148 int new_indent; 149 int has_tab; 150 int width; 151 152 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 153 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 154 { 155 /* switch left and right aligning */ 156 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_right) 157 eap->cmdidx = CMD_left; 158 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) 159 eap->cmdidx = CMD_right; 160 } 161 #endif 162 163 width = atoi((char *)eap->arg); 164 save_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; 165 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) /* width is used for new indent */ 166 { 167 if (width >= 0) 168 indent = width; 169 } 170 else 171 { 172 /* 173 * if 'textwidth' set, use it 174 * else if 'wrapmargin' set, use it 175 * if invalid value, use 80 176 */ 177 if (width <= 0) 178 width = curbuf->b_p_tw; 179 if (width == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm > 0) 180 width = curwin->w_width - curbuf->b_p_wm; 181 if (width <= 0) 182 width = 80; 183 } 184 185 if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL) 186 return; 187 188 for (curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; 189 curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= eap->line2; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 190 { 191 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) /* left align */ 192 new_indent = indent; 193 else 194 { 195 has_tab = FALSE; /* avoid uninit warnings */ 196 len = linelen(eap->cmdidx == CMD_right ? &has_tab 197 : NULL) - get_indent(); 198 199 if (len <= 0) /* skip blank lines */ 200 continue; 201 202 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_center) 203 new_indent = (width - len) / 2; 204 else 205 { 206 new_indent = width - len; /* right align */ 207 208 /* 209 * Make sure that embedded TABs don't make the text go too far 210 * to the right. 211 */ 212 if (has_tab) 213 while (new_indent > 0) 214 { 215 (void)set_indent(new_indent, 0); 216 if (linelen(NULL) <= width) 217 { 218 /* 219 * Now try to move the line as much as possible to 220 * the right. Stop when it moves too far. 221 */ 222 do 223 (void)set_indent(++new_indent, 0); 224 while (linelen(NULL) <= width); 225 --new_indent; 226 break; 227 } 228 --new_indent; 229 } 230 } 231 } 232 if (new_indent < 0) 233 new_indent = 0; 234 (void)set_indent(new_indent, 0); /* set indent */ 235 } 236 changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, 0L); 237 curwin->w_cursor = save_curpos; 238 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 239 } 240 241 /* 242 * Get the length of the current line, excluding trailing white space. 243 */ 244 static int 245 linelen(int *has_tab) 246 { 247 char_u *line; 248 char_u *first; 249 char_u *last; 250 int save; 251 int len; 252 253 /* find the first non-blank character */ 254 line = ml_get_curline(); 255 first = skipwhite(line); 256 257 /* find the character after the last non-blank character */ 258 for (last = first + STRLEN(first); 259 last > first && VIM_ISWHITE(last[-1]); --last) 260 ; 261 save = *last; 262 *last = NUL; 263 len = linetabsize(line); /* get line length */ 264 if (has_tab != NULL) /* check for embedded TAB */ 265 *has_tab = (vim_strrchr(first, TAB) != NULL); 266 *last = save; 267 268 return len; 269 } 270 271 /* Buffer for two lines used during sorting. They are allocated to 272 * contain the longest line being sorted. */ 273 static char_u *sortbuf1; 274 static char_u *sortbuf2; 275 276 static int sort_ic; /* ignore case */ 277 static int sort_nr; /* sort on number */ 278 static int sort_rx; /* sort on regex instead of skipping it */ 279 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 280 static int sort_flt; /* sort on floating number */ 281 #endif 282 283 static int sort_abort; /* flag to indicate if sorting has been interrupted */ 284 285 /* Struct to store info to be sorted. */ 286 typedef struct 287 { 288 linenr_T lnum; /* line number */ 289 union { 290 struct 291 { 292 varnumber_T start_col_nr; /* starting column number */ 293 varnumber_T end_col_nr; /* ending column number */ 294 } line; 295 varnumber_T value; /* value if sorting by integer */ 296 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 297 float_T value_flt; /* value if sorting by float */ 298 #endif 299 } st_u; 300 } sorti_T; 301 302 static int 303 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 304 _RTLENTRYF 305 #endif 306 sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2); 307 308 static int 309 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 310 _RTLENTRYF 311 #endif 312 sort_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2) 313 { 314 sorti_T l1 = *(sorti_T *)s1; 315 sorti_T l2 = *(sorti_T *)s2; 316 int result = 0; 317 318 /* If the user interrupts, there's no way to stop qsort() immediately, but 319 * if we return 0 every time, qsort will assume it's done sorting and 320 * exit. */ 321 if (sort_abort) 322 return 0; 323 fast_breakcheck(); 324 if (got_int) 325 sort_abort = TRUE; 326 327 /* When sorting numbers "start_col_nr" is the number, not the column 328 * number. */ 329 if (sort_nr) 330 result = l1.st_u.value == l2.st_u.value ? 0 331 : l1.st_u.value > l2.st_u.value ? 1 : -1; 332 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 333 else if (sort_flt) 334 result = l1.st_u.value_flt == l2.st_u.value_flt ? 0 335 : l1.st_u.value_flt > l2.st_u.value_flt ? 1 : -1; 336 #endif 337 else 338 { 339 /* We need to copy one line into "sortbuf1", because there is no 340 * guarantee that the first pointer becomes invalid when obtaining the 341 * second one. */ 342 STRNCPY(sortbuf1, ml_get(l1.lnum) + l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr, 343 l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1); 344 sortbuf1[l1.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l1.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0; 345 STRNCPY(sortbuf2, ml_get(l2.lnum) + l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr, 346 l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr + 1); 347 sortbuf2[l2.st_u.line.end_col_nr - l2.st_u.line.start_col_nr] = 0; 348 349 result = sort_ic ? STRICMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2) 350 : STRCMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2); 351 } 352 353 /* If two lines have the same value, preserve the original line order. */ 354 if (result == 0) 355 return (int)(l1.lnum - l2.lnum); 356 return result; 357 } 358 359 /* 360 * ":sort". 361 */ 362 void 363 ex_sort(exarg_T *eap) 364 { 365 regmatch_T regmatch; 366 int len; 367 linenr_T lnum; 368 long maxlen = 0; 369 sorti_T *nrs; 370 size_t count = (size_t)(eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1); 371 size_t i; 372 char_u *p; 373 char_u *s; 374 char_u *s2; 375 char_u c; /* temporary character storage */ 376 int unique = FALSE; 377 long deleted; 378 colnr_T start_col; 379 colnr_T end_col; 380 int sort_what = 0; 381 int format_found = 0; 382 383 /* Sorting one line is really quick! */ 384 if (count <= 1) 385 return; 386 387 if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL) 388 return; 389 sortbuf1 = NULL; 390 sortbuf2 = NULL; 391 regmatch.regprog = NULL; 392 nrs = (sorti_T *)lalloc((long_u)(count * sizeof(sorti_T)), TRUE); 393 if (nrs == NULL) 394 goto sortend; 395 396 sort_abort = sort_ic = sort_rx = sort_nr = 0; 397 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 398 sort_flt = 0; 399 #endif 400 401 for (p = eap->arg; *p != NUL; ++p) 402 { 403 if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p)) 404 ; 405 else if (*p == 'i') 406 sort_ic = TRUE; 407 else if (*p == 'r') 408 sort_rx = TRUE; 409 else if (*p == 'n') 410 { 411 sort_nr = 1; 412 ++format_found; 413 } 414 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 415 else if (*p == 'f') 416 { 417 sort_flt = 1; 418 ++format_found; 419 } 420 #endif 421 else if (*p == 'b') 422 { 423 sort_what = STR2NR_BIN + STR2NR_FORCE; 424 ++format_found; 425 } 426 else if (*p == 'o') 427 { 428 sort_what = STR2NR_OCT + STR2NR_FORCE; 429 ++format_found; 430 } 431 else if (*p == 'x') 432 { 433 sort_what = STR2NR_HEX + STR2NR_FORCE; 434 ++format_found; 435 } 436 else if (*p == 'u') 437 unique = TRUE; 438 else if (*p == '"') /* comment start */ 439 break; 440 else if (check_nextcmd(p) != NULL) 441 { 442 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); 443 break; 444 } 445 else if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) && regmatch.regprog == NULL) 446 { 447 s = skip_regexp(p + 1, *p, TRUE, NULL); 448 if (*s != *p) 449 { 450 EMSG(_(e_invalpat)); 451 goto sortend; 452 } 453 *s = NUL; 454 /* Use last search pattern if sort pattern is empty. */ 455 if (s == p + 1) 456 { 457 if (last_search_pat() == NULL) 458 { 459 EMSG(_(e_noprevre)); 460 goto sortend; 461 } 462 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(last_search_pat(), RE_MAGIC); 463 } 464 else 465 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(p + 1, RE_MAGIC); 466 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) 467 goto sortend; 468 p = s; /* continue after the regexp */ 469 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; 470 } 471 else 472 { 473 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 474 goto sortend; 475 } 476 } 477 478 /* Can only have one of 'n', 'b', 'o' and 'x'. */ 479 if (format_found > 1) 480 { 481 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 482 goto sortend; 483 } 484 485 /* From here on "sort_nr" is used as a flag for any integer number 486 * sorting. */ 487 sort_nr += sort_what; 488 489 /* 490 * Make an array with all line numbers. This avoids having to copy all 491 * the lines into allocated memory. 492 * When sorting on strings "start_col_nr" is the offset in the line, for 493 * numbers sorting it's the number to sort on. This means the pattern 494 * matching and number conversion only has to be done once per line. 495 * Also get the longest line length for allocating "sortbuf". 496 */ 497 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum) 498 { 499 s = ml_get(lnum); 500 len = (int)STRLEN(s); 501 if (maxlen < len) 502 maxlen = len; 503 504 start_col = 0; 505 end_col = len; 506 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match, s, 0)) 507 { 508 if (sort_rx) 509 { 510 start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.startp[0] - s); 511 end_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s); 512 } 513 else 514 start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s); 515 } 516 else 517 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 518 end_col = 0; 519 520 if (sort_nr 521 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 522 || sort_flt 523 #endif 524 ) 525 { 526 /* Make sure vim_str2nr doesn't read any digits past the end 527 * of the match, by temporarily terminating the string there */ 528 s2 = s + end_col; 529 c = *s2; 530 *s2 = NUL; 531 /* Sorting on number: Store the number itself. */ 532 p = s + start_col; 533 if (sort_nr) 534 { 535 if (sort_what & STR2NR_HEX) 536 s = skiptohex(p); 537 else if (sort_what & STR2NR_BIN) 538 s = skiptobin(p); 539 else 540 s = skiptodigit(p); 541 if (s > p && s[-1] == '-') 542 --s; /* include preceding negative sign */ 543 if (*s == NUL) 544 /* empty line should sort before any number */ 545 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value = -MAXLNUM; 546 else 547 vim_str2nr(s, NULL, NULL, sort_what, 548 &nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value, NULL, 0); 549 } 550 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 551 else 552 { 553 s = skipwhite(p); 554 if (*s == '+') 555 s = skipwhite(s + 1); 556 557 if (*s == NUL) 558 /* empty line should sort before any number */ 559 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt = -DBL_MAX; 560 else 561 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.value_flt = 562 strtod((char *)s, NULL); 563 } 564 #endif 565 *s2 = c; 566 } 567 else 568 { 569 /* Store the column to sort at. */ 570 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.start_col_nr = start_col; 571 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].st_u.line.end_col_nr = end_col; 572 } 573 574 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].lnum = lnum; 575 576 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 577 fast_breakcheck(); 578 if (got_int) 579 goto sortend; 580 } 581 582 /* Allocate a buffer that can hold the longest line. */ 583 sortbuf1 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1); 584 if (sortbuf1 == NULL) 585 goto sortend; 586 sortbuf2 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1); 587 if (sortbuf2 == NULL) 588 goto sortend; 589 590 /* Sort the array of line numbers. Note: can't be interrupted! */ 591 qsort((void *)nrs, count, sizeof(sorti_T), sort_compare); 592 593 if (sort_abort) 594 goto sortend; 595 596 /* Insert the lines in the sorted order below the last one. */ 597 lnum = eap->line2; 598 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) 599 { 600 s = ml_get(nrs[eap->forceit ? count - i - 1 : i].lnum); 601 if (!unique || i == 0 602 || (sort_ic ? STRICMP(s, sortbuf1) : STRCMP(s, sortbuf1)) != 0) 603 { 604 /* Copy the line into a buffer, it may become invalid in 605 * ml_append(). And it's needed for "unique". */ 606 STRCPY(sortbuf1, s); 607 if (ml_append(lnum++, sortbuf1, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) == FAIL) 608 break; 609 } 610 fast_breakcheck(); 611 if (got_int) 612 goto sortend; 613 } 614 615 /* delete the original lines if appending worked */ 616 if (i == count) 617 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) 618 ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE); 619 else 620 count = 0; 621 622 /* Adjust marks for deleted (or added) lines and prepare for displaying. */ 623 deleted = (long)(count - (lnum - eap->line2)); 624 if (deleted > 0) 625 mark_adjust(eap->line2 - deleted, eap->line2, (long)MAXLNUM, -deleted); 626 else if (deleted < 0) 627 mark_adjust(eap->line2, MAXLNUM, -deleted, 0L); 628 changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, -deleted); 629 630 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; 631 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 632 633 sortend: 634 vim_free(nrs); 635 vim_free(sortbuf1); 636 vim_free(sortbuf2); 637 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 638 if (got_int) 639 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 640 } 641 642 /* 643 * ":retab". 644 */ 645 void 646 ex_retab(exarg_T *eap) 647 { 648 linenr_T lnum; 649 int got_tab = FALSE; 650 long num_spaces = 0; 651 long num_tabs; 652 long len; 653 long col; 654 long vcol; 655 long start_col = 0; /* For start of white-space string */ 656 long start_vcol = 0; /* For start of white-space string */ 657 int temp; 658 long old_len; 659 char_u *ptr; 660 char_u *new_line = (char_u *)1; /* init to non-NULL */ 661 int did_undo; /* called u_save for current line */ 662 int new_ts; 663 int save_list; 664 linenr_T first_line = 0; /* first changed line */ 665 linenr_T last_line = 0; /* last changed line */ 666 667 save_list = curwin->w_p_list; 668 curwin->w_p_list = 0; /* don't want list mode here */ 669 670 new_ts = getdigits(&(eap->arg)); 671 if (new_ts < 0) 672 { 673 EMSG(_(e_positive)); 674 return; 675 } 676 if (new_ts == 0) 677 new_ts = curbuf->b_p_ts; 678 for (lnum = eap->line1; !got_int && lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum) 679 { 680 ptr = ml_get(lnum); 681 col = 0; 682 vcol = 0; 683 did_undo = FALSE; 684 for (;;) 685 { 686 if (VIM_ISWHITE(ptr[col])) 687 { 688 if (!got_tab && num_spaces == 0) 689 { 690 /* First consecutive white-space */ 691 start_vcol = vcol; 692 start_col = col; 693 } 694 if (ptr[col] == ' ') 695 num_spaces++; 696 else 697 got_tab = TRUE; 698 } 699 else 700 { 701 if (got_tab || (eap->forceit && num_spaces > 1)) 702 { 703 /* Retabulate this string of white-space */ 704 705 /* len is virtual length of white string */ 706 len = num_spaces = vcol - start_vcol; 707 num_tabs = 0; 708 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) 709 { 710 temp = new_ts - (start_vcol % new_ts); 711 if (num_spaces >= temp) 712 { 713 num_spaces -= temp; 714 num_tabs++; 715 } 716 num_tabs += num_spaces / new_ts; 717 num_spaces -= (num_spaces / new_ts) * new_ts; 718 } 719 if (curbuf->b_p_et || got_tab || 720 (num_spaces + num_tabs < len)) 721 { 722 if (did_undo == FALSE) 723 { 724 did_undo = TRUE; 725 if (u_save((linenr_T)(lnum - 1), 726 (linenr_T)(lnum + 1)) == FAIL) 727 { 728 new_line = NULL; /* flag out-of-memory */ 729 break; 730 } 731 } 732 733 /* len is actual number of white characters used */ 734 len = num_spaces + num_tabs; 735 old_len = (long)STRLEN(ptr); 736 new_line = lalloc(old_len - col + start_col + len + 1, 737 TRUE); 738 if (new_line == NULL) 739 break; 740 if (start_col > 0) 741 mch_memmove(new_line, ptr, (size_t)start_col); 742 mch_memmove(new_line + start_col + len, 743 ptr + col, (size_t)(old_len - col + 1)); 744 ptr = new_line + start_col; 745 for (col = 0; col < len; col++) 746 ptr[col] = (col < num_tabs) ? '\t' : ' '; 747 ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE); 748 if (first_line == 0) 749 first_line = lnum; 750 last_line = lnum; 751 ptr = new_line; 752 col = start_col + len; 753 } 754 } 755 got_tab = FALSE; 756 num_spaces = 0; 757 } 758 if (ptr[col] == NUL) 759 break; 760 vcol += chartabsize(ptr + col, (colnr_T)vcol); 761 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 762 if (has_mbyte) 763 col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + col); 764 else 765 #endif 766 ++col; 767 } 768 if (new_line == NULL) /* out of memory */ 769 break; 770 line_breakcheck(); 771 } 772 if (got_int) 773 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 774 775 if (curbuf->b_p_ts != new_ts) 776 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 777 if (first_line != 0) 778 changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line + 1, 0L); 779 780 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; /* restore 'list' */ 781 782 curbuf->b_p_ts = new_ts; 783 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 784 785 u_clearline(); 786 } 787 788 /* 789 * :move command - move lines line1-line2 to line dest 790 * 791 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise 792 */ 793 int 794 do_move(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T dest) 795 { 796 char_u *str; 797 linenr_T l; 798 linenr_T extra; /* Num lines added before line1 */ 799 linenr_T num_lines; /* Num lines moved */ 800 linenr_T last_line; /* Last line in file after adding new text */ 801 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 802 win_T *win; 803 tabpage_T *tp; 804 #endif 805 806 if (dest >= line1 && dest < line2) 807 { 808 EMSG(_("E134: Move lines into themselves")); 809 return FAIL; 810 } 811 812 num_lines = line2 - line1 + 1; 813 814 /* 815 * First we copy the old text to its new location -- webb 816 * Also copy the flag that ":global" command uses. 817 */ 818 if (u_save(dest, dest + 1) == FAIL) 819 return FAIL; 820 for (extra = 0, l = line1; l <= line2; l++) 821 { 822 str = vim_strsave(ml_get(l + extra)); 823 if (str != NULL) 824 { 825 ml_append(dest + l - line1, str, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 826 vim_free(str); 827 if (dest < line1) 828 extra++; 829 } 830 } 831 832 /* 833 * Now we must be careful adjusting our marks so that we don't overlap our 834 * mark_adjust() calls. 835 * 836 * We adjust the marks within the old text so that they refer to the 837 * last lines of the file (temporarily), because we know no other marks 838 * will be set there since these line numbers did not exist until we added 839 * our new lines. 840 * 841 * Then we adjust the marks on lines between the old and new text positions 842 * (either forwards or backwards). 843 * 844 * And Finally we adjust the marks we put at the end of the file back to 845 * their final destination at the new text position -- webb 846 */ 847 last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 848 mark_adjust_nofold(line1, line2, last_line - line2, 0L); 849 if (dest >= line2) 850 { 851 mark_adjust_nofold(line2 + 1, dest, -num_lines, 0L); 852 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 853 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) { 854 if (win->w_buffer == curbuf) 855 foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, line1, line2, dest); 856 } 857 #endif 858 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest - num_lines + 1; 859 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest; 860 } 861 else 862 { 863 mark_adjust_nofold(dest + 1, line1 - 1, num_lines, 0L); 864 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 865 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) { 866 if (win->w_buffer == curbuf) 867 foldMoveRange(&win->w_folds, dest + 1, line1 - 1, line2); 868 } 869 #endif 870 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest + 1; 871 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest + num_lines; 872 } 873 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 874 mark_adjust_nofold(last_line - num_lines + 1, last_line, 875 -(last_line - dest - extra), 0L); 876 877 /* 878 * Now we delete the original text -- webb 879 */ 880 if (u_save(line1 + extra - 1, line2 + extra + 1) == FAIL) 881 return FAIL; 882 883 for (l = line1; l <= line2; l++) 884 ml_delete(line1 + extra, TRUE); 885 886 if (!global_busy && num_lines > p_report) 887 { 888 if (num_lines == 1) 889 MSG(_("1 line moved")); 890 else 891 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines moved"), num_lines); 892 } 893 894 /* 895 * Leave the cursor on the last of the moved lines. 896 */ 897 if (dest >= line1) 898 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest; 899 else 900 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest + (line2 - line1) + 1; 901 902 if (line1 < dest) 903 { 904 dest += num_lines + 1; 905 last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 906 if (dest > last_line + 1) 907 dest = last_line + 1; 908 changed_lines(line1, 0, dest, 0L); 909 } 910 else 911 changed_lines(dest + 1, 0, line1 + num_lines, 0L); 912 913 return OK; 914 } 915 916 /* 917 * ":copy" 918 */ 919 void 920 ex_copy(linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, linenr_T n) 921 { 922 linenr_T count; 923 char_u *p; 924 925 count = line2 - line1 + 1; 926 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = n + 1; 927 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = n + count; 928 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 929 930 /* 931 * there are three situations: 932 * 1. destination is above line1 933 * 2. destination is between line1 and line2 934 * 3. destination is below line2 935 * 936 * n = destination (when starting) 937 * curwin->w_cursor.lnum = destination (while copying) 938 * line1 = start of source (while copying) 939 * line2 = end of source (while copying) 940 */ 941 if (u_save(n, n + 1) == FAIL) 942 return; 943 944 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = n; 945 while (line1 <= line2) 946 { 947 /* need to use vim_strsave() because the line will be unlocked within 948 * ml_append() */ 949 p = vim_strsave(ml_get(line1)); 950 if (p != NULL) 951 { 952 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 953 vim_free(p); 954 } 955 /* situation 2: skip already copied lines */ 956 if (line1 == n) 957 line1 = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 958 ++line1; 959 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line1) 960 ++line1; 961 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line2) 962 ++line2; 963 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 964 } 965 966 appended_lines_mark(n, count); 967 968 msgmore((long)count); 969 } 970 971 static char_u *prevcmd = NULL; /* the previous command */ 972 973 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 974 void 975 free_prev_shellcmd(void) 976 { 977 vim_free(prevcmd); 978 } 979 #endif 980 981 /* 982 * Handle the ":!cmd" command. Also for ":r !cmd" and ":w !cmd" 983 * Bangs in the argument are replaced with the previously entered command. 984 * Remember the argument. 985 */ 986 void 987 do_bang( 988 int addr_count, 989 exarg_T *eap, 990 int forceit, 991 int do_in, 992 int do_out) 993 { 994 char_u *arg = eap->arg; /* command */ 995 linenr_T line1 = eap->line1; /* start of range */ 996 linenr_T line2 = eap->line2; /* end of range */ 997 char_u *newcmd = NULL; /* the new command */ 998 int free_newcmd = FALSE; /* need to free() newcmd */ 999 int ins_prevcmd; 1000 char_u *t; 1001 char_u *p; 1002 char_u *trailarg; 1003 int len; 1004 int scroll_save = msg_scroll; 1005 1006 /* 1007 * Disallow shell commands for "rvim". 1008 * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for 1009 * security reasons. 1010 */ 1011 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 1012 return; 1013 1014 if (addr_count == 0) /* :! */ 1015 { 1016 msg_scroll = FALSE; /* don't scroll here */ 1017 autowrite_all(); 1018 msg_scroll = scroll_save; 1019 } 1020 1021 /* 1022 * Try to find an embedded bang, like in :!<cmd> ! [args] 1023 * (:!! is indicated by the 'forceit' variable) 1024 */ 1025 ins_prevcmd = forceit; 1026 trailarg = arg; 1027 do 1028 { 1029 len = (int)STRLEN(trailarg) + 1; 1030 if (newcmd != NULL) 1031 len += (int)STRLEN(newcmd); 1032 if (ins_prevcmd) 1033 { 1034 if (prevcmd == NULL) 1035 { 1036 EMSG(_(e_noprev)); 1037 vim_free(newcmd); 1038 return; 1039 } 1040 len += (int)STRLEN(prevcmd); 1041 } 1042 if ((t = alloc((unsigned)len)) == NULL) 1043 { 1044 vim_free(newcmd); 1045 return; 1046 } 1047 *t = NUL; 1048 if (newcmd != NULL) 1049 STRCAT(t, newcmd); 1050 if (ins_prevcmd) 1051 STRCAT(t, prevcmd); 1052 p = t + STRLEN(t); 1053 STRCAT(t, trailarg); 1054 vim_free(newcmd); 1055 newcmd = t; 1056 1057 /* 1058 * Scan the rest of the argument for '!', which is replaced by the 1059 * previous command. "\!" is replaced by "!" (this is vi compatible). 1060 */ 1061 trailarg = NULL; 1062 while (*p) 1063 { 1064 if (*p == '!') 1065 { 1066 if (p > newcmd && p[-1] == '\\') 1067 STRMOVE(p - 1, p); 1068 else 1069 { 1070 trailarg = p; 1071 *trailarg++ = NUL; 1072 ins_prevcmd = TRUE; 1073 break; 1074 } 1075 } 1076 ++p; 1077 } 1078 } while (trailarg != NULL); 1079 1080 vim_free(prevcmd); 1081 prevcmd = newcmd; 1082 1083 if (bangredo) /* put cmd in redo buffer for ! command */ 1084 { 1085 /* If % or # appears in the command, it must have been escaped. 1086 * Reescape them, so that redoing them does not substitute them by the 1087 * buffername. */ 1088 char_u *cmd = vim_strsave_escaped(prevcmd, (char_u *)"%#"); 1089 1090 if (cmd != NULL) 1091 { 1092 AppendToRedobuffLit(cmd, -1); 1093 vim_free(cmd); 1094 } 1095 else 1096 AppendToRedobuffLit(prevcmd, -1); 1097 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\n"); 1098 bangredo = FALSE; 1099 } 1100 /* 1101 * Add quotes around the command, for shells that need them. 1102 */ 1103 if (*p_shq != NUL) 1104 { 1105 newcmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(prevcmd) + 2 * STRLEN(p_shq) + 1)); 1106 if (newcmd == NULL) 1107 return; 1108 STRCPY(newcmd, p_shq); 1109 STRCAT(newcmd, prevcmd); 1110 STRCAT(newcmd, p_shq); 1111 free_newcmd = TRUE; 1112 } 1113 if (addr_count == 0) /* :! */ 1114 { 1115 /* echo the command */ 1116 msg_start(); 1117 msg_putchar(':'); 1118 msg_putchar('!'); 1119 msg_outtrans(newcmd); 1120 msg_clr_eos(); 1121 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); 1122 1123 do_shell(newcmd, 0); 1124 } 1125 else /* :range! */ 1126 { 1127 /* Careful: This may recursively call do_bang() again! (because of 1128 * autocommands) */ 1129 do_filter(line1, line2, eap, newcmd, do_in, do_out); 1130 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1131 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLFILTERPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1132 #endif 1133 } 1134 if (free_newcmd) 1135 vim_free(newcmd); 1136 } 1137 1138 /* 1139 * do_filter: filter lines through a command given by the user 1140 * 1141 * We mostly use temp files and the call_shell() routine here. This would 1142 * normally be done using pipes on a UNIX machine, but this is more portable 1143 * to non-unix machines. The call_shell() routine needs to be able 1144 * to deal with redirection somehow, and should handle things like looking 1145 * at the PATH env. variable, and adding reasonable extensions to the 1146 * command name given by the user. All reasonable versions of call_shell() 1147 * do this. 1148 * Alternatively, if on Unix and redirecting input or output, but not both, 1149 * and the 'shelltemp' option isn't set, use pipes. 1150 * We use input redirection if do_in is TRUE. 1151 * We use output redirection if do_out is TRUE. 1152 */ 1153 static void 1154 do_filter( 1155 linenr_T line1, 1156 linenr_T line2, 1157 exarg_T *eap, /* for forced 'ff' and 'fenc' */ 1158 char_u *cmd, 1159 int do_in, 1160 int do_out) 1161 { 1162 char_u *itmp = NULL; 1163 char_u *otmp = NULL; 1164 linenr_T linecount; 1165 linenr_T read_linecount; 1166 pos_T cursor_save; 1167 char_u *cmd_buf; 1168 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1169 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 1170 #endif 1171 int shell_flags = 0; 1172 1173 if (*cmd == NUL) /* no filter command */ 1174 return; 1175 1176 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; 1177 linecount = line2 - line1 + 1; 1178 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1; 1179 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 1180 changed_line_abv_curs(); 1181 invalidate_botline(); 1182 1183 /* 1184 * When using temp files: 1185 * 1. * Form temp file names 1186 * 2. * Write the lines to a temp file 1187 * 3. Run the filter command on the temp file 1188 * 4. * Read the output of the command into the buffer 1189 * 5. * Delete the original lines to be filtered 1190 * 6. * Remove the temp files 1191 * 1192 * When writing the input with a pipe or when catching the output with a 1193 * pipe only need to do 3. 1194 */ 1195 1196 if (do_out) 1197 shell_flags |= SHELL_DOOUT; 1198 1199 #ifdef FEAT_FILTERPIPE 1200 if (!do_in && do_out && !p_stmp) 1201 { 1202 /* Use a pipe to fetch stdout of the command, do not use a temp file. */ 1203 shell_flags |= SHELL_READ; 1204 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2; 1205 } 1206 else if (do_in && !do_out && !p_stmp) 1207 { 1208 /* Use a pipe to write stdin of the command, do not use a temp file. */ 1209 shell_flags |= SHELL_WRITE; 1210 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1; 1211 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; 1212 } 1213 else if (do_in && do_out && !p_stmp) 1214 { 1215 /* Use a pipe to write stdin and fetch stdout of the command, do not 1216 * use a temp file. */ 1217 shell_flags |= SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE; 1218 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1; 1219 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; 1220 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2; 1221 } 1222 else 1223 #endif 1224 if ((do_in && (itmp = vim_tempname('i', FALSE)) == NULL) 1225 || (do_out && (otmp = vim_tempname('o', FALSE)) == NULL)) 1226 { 1227 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); 1228 goto filterend; 1229 } 1230 1231 /* 1232 * The writing and reading of temp files will not be shown. 1233 * Vi also doesn't do this and the messages are not very informative. 1234 */ 1235 ++no_wait_return; /* don't call wait_return() while busy */ 1236 if (itmp != NULL && buf_write(curbuf, itmp, NULL, line1, line2, eap, 1237 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) 1238 { 1239 msg_putchar('\n'); /* keep message from buf_write() */ 1240 --no_wait_return; 1241 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) 1242 if (!aborting()) 1243 #endif 1244 (void)EMSG2(_(e_notcreate), itmp); /* will call wait_return */ 1245 goto filterend; 1246 } 1247 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1248 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) 1249 goto filterend; 1250 #endif 1251 1252 if (!do_out) 1253 msg_putchar('\n'); 1254 1255 /* Create the shell command in allocated memory. */ 1256 cmd_buf = make_filter_cmd(cmd, itmp, otmp); 1257 if (cmd_buf == NULL) 1258 goto filterend; 1259 1260 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); 1261 cursor_on(); 1262 1263 /* 1264 * When not redirecting the output the command can write anything to the 1265 * screen. If 'shellredir' is equal to ">", screen may be messed up by 1266 * stderr output of external command. Clear the screen later. 1267 * If do_in is FALSE, this could be something like ":r !cat", which may 1268 * also mess up the screen, clear it later. 1269 */ 1270 if (!do_out || STRCMP(p_srr, ">") == 0 || !do_in) 1271 redraw_later_clear(); 1272 1273 if (do_out) 1274 { 1275 if (u_save((linenr_T)(line2), (linenr_T)(line2 + 1)) == FAIL) 1276 { 1277 vim_free(cmd_buf); 1278 goto error; 1279 } 1280 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); 1281 } 1282 read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 1283 1284 /* 1285 * When call_shell() fails wait_return() is called to give the user a 1286 * chance to read the error messages. Otherwise errors are ignored, so you 1287 * can see the error messages from the command that appear on stdout; use 1288 * 'u' to fix the text 1289 * Switch to cooked mode when not redirecting stdin, avoids that something 1290 * like ":r !cat" hangs. 1291 * Pass on the SHELL_DOOUT flag when the output is being redirected. 1292 */ 1293 if (call_shell(cmd_buf, SHELL_FILTER | SHELL_COOKED | shell_flags)) 1294 { 1295 redraw_later_clear(); 1296 wait_return(FALSE); 1297 } 1298 vim_free(cmd_buf); 1299 1300 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 1301 need_check_timestamps = TRUE; 1302 1303 /* When interrupting the shell command, it may still have produced some 1304 * useful output. Reset got_int here, so that readfile() won't cancel 1305 * reading. */ 1306 ui_breakcheck(); 1307 got_int = FALSE; 1308 1309 if (do_out) 1310 { 1311 if (otmp != NULL) 1312 { 1313 if (readfile(otmp, NULL, line2, (linenr_T)0, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1314 eap, READ_FILTER) != OK) 1315 { 1316 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) 1317 if (!aborting()) 1318 #endif 1319 { 1320 msg_putchar('\n'); 1321 EMSG2(_(e_notread), otmp); 1322 } 1323 goto error; 1324 } 1325 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1326 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) 1327 goto filterend; 1328 #endif 1329 } 1330 1331 read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - read_linecount; 1332 1333 if (shell_flags & SHELL_READ) 1334 { 1335 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line2 + 1; 1336 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1337 appended_lines_mark(line2, read_linecount); 1338 } 1339 1340 if (do_in) 1341 { 1342 if (cmdmod.keepmarks || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REMMARK) == NULL) 1343 { 1344 if (read_linecount >= linecount) 1345 /* move all marks from old lines to new lines */ 1346 mark_adjust(line1, line2, linecount, 0L); 1347 else 1348 { 1349 /* move marks from old lines to new lines, delete marks 1350 * that are in deleted lines */ 1351 mark_adjust(line1, line1 + read_linecount - 1, 1352 linecount, 0L); 1353 mark_adjust(line1 + read_linecount, line2, MAXLNUM, 0L); 1354 } 1355 } 1356 1357 /* 1358 * Put cursor on first filtered line for ":range!cmd". 1359 * Adjust '[ and '] (set by buf_write()). 1360 */ 1361 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1; 1362 del_lines(linecount, TRUE); 1363 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum -= linecount; /* adjust '[ */ 1364 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum -= linecount; /* adjust '] */ 1365 write_lnum_adjust(-linecount); /* adjust last line 1366 for next write */ 1367 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1368 foldUpdate(curwin, curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, curbuf->b_op_end.lnum); 1369 #endif 1370 } 1371 else 1372 { 1373 /* 1374 * Put cursor on last new line for ":r !cmd". 1375 */ 1376 linecount = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum - curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + 1; 1377 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum; 1378 } 1379 1380 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); /* cursor on first non-blank */ 1381 --no_wait_return; 1382 1383 if (linecount > p_report) 1384 { 1385 if (do_in) 1386 { 1387 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 1388 _("%ld lines filtered"), (long)linecount); 1389 if (msg(msg_buf) && !msg_scroll) 1390 /* save message to display it after redraw */ 1391 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); 1392 } 1393 else 1394 msgmore((long)linecount); 1395 } 1396 } 1397 else 1398 { 1399 error: 1400 /* put cursor back in same position for ":w !cmd" */ 1401 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; 1402 --no_wait_return; 1403 wait_return(FALSE); 1404 } 1405 1406 filterend: 1407 1408 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1409 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) 1410 { 1411 --no_wait_return; 1412 EMSG(_("E135: *Filter* Autocommands must not change current buffer")); 1413 } 1414 #endif 1415 if (itmp != NULL) 1416 mch_remove(itmp); 1417 if (otmp != NULL) 1418 mch_remove(otmp); 1419 vim_free(itmp); 1420 vim_free(otmp); 1421 } 1422 1423 /* 1424 * Call a shell to execute a command. 1425 * When "cmd" is NULL start an interactive shell. 1426 */ 1427 void 1428 do_shell( 1429 char_u *cmd, 1430 int flags) /* may be SHELL_DOOUT when output is redirected */ 1431 { 1432 buf_T *buf; 1433 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1434 int save_nwr; 1435 #endif 1436 #ifdef MSWIN 1437 int winstart = FALSE; 1438 #endif 1439 1440 /* 1441 * Disallow shell commands for "rvim". 1442 * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for 1443 * security reasons. 1444 */ 1445 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 1446 { 1447 msg_end(); 1448 return; 1449 } 1450 1451 #ifdef MSWIN 1452 /* 1453 * Check if ":!start" is used. 1454 */ 1455 if (cmd != NULL) 1456 winstart = (STRNICMP(cmd, "start ", 6) == 0); 1457 #endif 1458 1459 /* 1460 * For autocommands we want to get the output on the current screen, to 1461 * avoid having to type return below. 1462 */ 1463 msg_putchar('\r'); /* put cursor at start of line */ 1464 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1465 if (!autocmd_busy) 1466 #endif 1467 { 1468 #ifdef MSWIN 1469 if (!winstart) 1470 #endif 1471 stoptermcap(); 1472 } 1473 #ifdef MSWIN 1474 if (!winstart) 1475 #endif 1476 msg_putchar('\n'); /* may shift screen one line up */ 1477 1478 /* warning message before calling the shell */ 1479 if (p_warn 1480 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1481 && !autocmd_busy 1482 #endif 1483 && msg_silent == 0) 1484 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 1485 if (bufIsChangedNotTerm(buf)) 1486 { 1487 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1488 if (!winstart) 1489 starttermcap(); /* don't want a message box here */ 1490 #endif 1491 MSG_PUTS(_("[No write since last change]\n")); 1492 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1493 if (!winstart) 1494 stoptermcap(); 1495 #endif 1496 break; 1497 } 1498 1499 /* This windgoto is required for when the '\n' resulted in a "delete line 1500 * 1" command to the terminal. */ 1501 if (!swapping_screen()) 1502 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); 1503 cursor_on(); 1504 (void)call_shell(cmd, SHELL_COOKED | flags); 1505 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 1506 need_check_timestamps = TRUE; 1507 1508 /* 1509 * put the message cursor at the end of the screen, avoids wait_return() 1510 * to overwrite the text that the external command showed 1511 */ 1512 if (!swapping_screen()) 1513 { 1514 msg_row = Rows - 1; 1515 msg_col = 0; 1516 } 1517 1518 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1519 if (autocmd_busy) 1520 { 1521 if (msg_silent == 0) 1522 redraw_later_clear(); 1523 } 1524 else 1525 #endif 1526 { 1527 /* 1528 * For ":sh" there is no need to call wait_return(), just redraw. 1529 * Also for the Win32 GUI (the output is in a console window). 1530 * Otherwise there is probably text on the screen that the user wants 1531 * to read before redrawing, so call wait_return(). 1532 */ 1533 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN 1534 if (cmd == NULL 1535 # ifdef WIN3264 1536 || (winstart && !need_wait_return) 1537 # endif 1538 ) 1539 { 1540 if (msg_silent == 0) 1541 redraw_later_clear(); 1542 need_wait_return = FALSE; 1543 } 1544 else 1545 { 1546 /* 1547 * If we switch screens when starttermcap() is called, we really 1548 * want to wait for "hit return to continue". 1549 */ 1550 save_nwr = no_wait_return; 1551 if (swapping_screen()) 1552 no_wait_return = FALSE; 1553 # ifdef AMIGA 1554 wait_return(term_console ? -1 : msg_silent == 0); /* see below */ 1555 # else 1556 wait_return(msg_silent == 0); 1557 # endif 1558 no_wait_return = save_nwr; 1559 } 1560 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */ 1561 1562 #ifdef MSWIN 1563 if (!winstart) /* if winstart==TRUE, never stopped termcap! */ 1564 #endif 1565 starttermcap(); /* start termcap if not done by wait_return() */ 1566 1567 /* 1568 * In an Amiga window redrawing is caused by asking the window size. 1569 * If we got an interrupt this will not work. The chance that the 1570 * window size is wrong is very small, but we need to redraw the 1571 * screen. Don't do this if ':' hit in wait_return(). THIS IS UGLY 1572 * but it saves an extra redraw. 1573 */ 1574 #ifdef AMIGA 1575 if (skip_redraw) /* ':' hit in wait_return() */ 1576 { 1577 if (msg_silent == 0) 1578 redraw_later_clear(); 1579 } 1580 else if (term_console) 1581 { 1582 OUT_STR(IF_EB("\033[0 q", ESC_STR "[0 q")); /* get window size */ 1583 if (got_int && msg_silent == 0) 1584 redraw_later_clear(); /* if got_int is TRUE, redraw needed */ 1585 else 1586 must_redraw = 0; /* no extra redraw needed */ 1587 } 1588 #endif 1589 } 1590 1591 /* display any error messages now */ 1592 display_errors(); 1593 1594 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1595 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLCMDPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1596 #endif 1597 } 1598 1599 /* 1600 * Create a shell command from a command string, input redirection file and 1601 * output redirection file. 1602 * Returns an allocated string with the shell command, or NULL for failure. 1603 */ 1604 char_u * 1605 make_filter_cmd( 1606 char_u *cmd, /* command */ 1607 char_u *itmp, /* NULL or name of input file */ 1608 char_u *otmp) /* NULL or name of output file */ 1609 { 1610 char_u *buf; 1611 long_u len; 1612 1613 #if defined(UNIX) 1614 int is_fish_shell; 1615 char_u *shell_name = get_isolated_shell_name(); 1616 1617 /* Account for fish's different syntax for subshells */ 1618 is_fish_shell = (fnamecmp(shell_name, "fish") == 0); 1619 vim_free(shell_name); 1620 if (is_fish_shell) 1621 len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 13; /* "begin; " + "; end" + NUL */ 1622 else 1623 #endif 1624 len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 3; /* "()" + NUL */ 1625 if (itmp != NULL) 1626 len += (long_u)STRLEN(itmp) + 9; /* " { < " + " } " */ 1627 if (otmp != NULL) 1628 len += (long_u)STRLEN(otmp) + (long_u)STRLEN(p_srr) + 2; /* " " */ 1629 buf = lalloc(len, TRUE); 1630 if (buf == NULL) 1631 return NULL; 1632 1633 #if defined(UNIX) 1634 /* 1635 * Put braces around the command (for concatenated commands) when 1636 * redirecting input and/or output. 1637 */ 1638 if (itmp != NULL || otmp != NULL) 1639 { 1640 if (is_fish_shell) 1641 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "begin; %s; end", (char *)cmd); 1642 else 1643 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "(%s)", (char *)cmd); 1644 } 1645 else 1646 STRCPY(buf, cmd); 1647 if (itmp != NULL) 1648 { 1649 STRCAT(buf, " < "); 1650 STRCAT(buf, itmp); 1651 } 1652 #else 1653 /* 1654 * For shells that don't understand braces around commands, at least allow 1655 * the use of commands in a pipe. 1656 */ 1657 STRCPY(buf, cmd); 1658 if (itmp != NULL) 1659 { 1660 char_u *p; 1661 1662 /* 1663 * If there is a pipe, we have to put the '<' in front of it. 1664 * Don't do this when 'shellquote' is not empty, otherwise the 1665 * redirection would be inside the quotes. 1666 */ 1667 if (*p_shq == NUL) 1668 { 1669 p = vim_strchr(buf, '|'); 1670 if (p != NULL) 1671 *p = NUL; 1672 } 1673 STRCAT(buf, " <"); /* " < " causes problems on Amiga */ 1674 STRCAT(buf, itmp); 1675 if (*p_shq == NUL) 1676 { 1677 p = vim_strchr(cmd, '|'); 1678 if (p != NULL) 1679 { 1680 STRCAT(buf, " "); /* insert a space before the '|' for DOS */ 1681 STRCAT(buf, p); 1682 } 1683 } 1684 } 1685 #endif 1686 if (otmp != NULL) 1687 append_redir(buf, (int)len, p_srr, otmp); 1688 1689 return buf; 1690 } 1691 1692 /* 1693 * Append output redirection for file "fname" to the end of string buffer 1694 * "buf[buflen]" 1695 * Works with the 'shellredir' and 'shellpipe' options. 1696 * The caller should make sure that there is enough room: 1697 * STRLEN(opt) + STRLEN(fname) + 3 1698 */ 1699 void 1700 append_redir( 1701 char_u *buf, 1702 int buflen, 1703 char_u *opt, 1704 char_u *fname) 1705 { 1706 char_u *p; 1707 char_u *end; 1708 1709 end = buf + STRLEN(buf); 1710 /* find "%s" */ 1711 for (p = opt; (p = vim_strchr(p, '%')) != NULL; ++p) 1712 { 1713 if (p[1] == 's') /* found %s */ 1714 break; 1715 if (p[1] == '%') /* skip %% */ 1716 ++p; 1717 } 1718 if (p != NULL) 1719 { 1720 *end = ' '; /* not really needed? Not with sh, ksh or bash */ 1721 vim_snprintf((char *)end + 1, (size_t)(buflen - (end + 1 - buf)), 1722 (char *)opt, (char *)fname); 1723 } 1724 else 1725 vim_snprintf((char *)end, (size_t)(buflen - (end - buf)), 1726 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 1727 " %s %s", 1728 #else 1729 " %s%s", /* " > %s" causes problems on Amiga */ 1730 #endif 1731 (char *)opt, (char *)fname); 1732 } 1733 1734 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO) 1735 1736 static int no_viminfo(void); 1737 static int read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing); 1738 static void write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out); 1739 static void write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out); 1740 static int viminfo_errcnt; 1741 1742 static int 1743 no_viminfo(void) 1744 { 1745 /* "vim -i NONE" does not read or write a viminfo file */ 1746 return STRCMP(p_viminfofile, "NONE") == 0; 1747 } 1748 1749 /* 1750 * Report an error for reading a viminfo file. 1751 * Count the number of errors. When there are more than 10, return TRUE. 1752 */ 1753 int 1754 viminfo_error(char *errnum, char *message, char_u *line) 1755 { 1756 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("%sviminfo: %s in line: "), 1757 errnum, message); 1758 STRNCAT(IObuff, line, IOSIZE - STRLEN(IObuff) - 1); 1759 if (IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] == '\n') 1760 IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] = NUL; 1761 emsg(IObuff); 1762 if (++viminfo_errcnt >= 10) 1763 { 1764 EMSG(_("E136: viminfo: Too many errors, skipping rest of file")); 1765 return TRUE; 1766 } 1767 return FALSE; 1768 } 1769 1770 /* 1771 * read_viminfo() -- Read the viminfo file. Registers etc. which are already 1772 * set are not over-written unless "flags" includes VIF_FORCEIT. -- webb 1773 */ 1774 int 1775 read_viminfo( 1776 char_u *file, /* file name or NULL to use default name */ 1777 int flags) /* VIF_WANT_INFO et al. */ 1778 { 1779 FILE *fp; 1780 char_u *fname; 1781 1782 if (no_viminfo()) 1783 return FAIL; 1784 1785 fname = viminfo_filename(file); /* get file name in allocated buffer */ 1786 if (fname == NULL) 1787 return FAIL; 1788 fp = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN); 1789 1790 if (p_verbose > 0) 1791 { 1792 verbose_enter(); 1793 smsg((char_u *)_("Reading viminfo file \"%s\"%s%s%s"), 1794 fname, 1795 (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) ? _(" info") : "", 1796 (flags & VIF_WANT_MARKS) ? _(" marks") : "", 1797 (flags & VIF_GET_OLDFILES) ? _(" oldfiles") : "", 1798 fp == NULL ? _(" FAILED") : ""); 1799 verbose_leave(); 1800 } 1801 1802 vim_free(fname); 1803 if (fp == NULL) 1804 return FAIL; 1805 1806 viminfo_errcnt = 0; 1807 do_viminfo(fp, NULL, flags); 1808 1809 fclose(fp); 1810 return OK; 1811 } 1812 1813 /* 1814 * Write the viminfo file. The old one is read in first so that effectively a 1815 * merge of current info and old info is done. This allows multiple vims to 1816 * run simultaneously, without losing any marks etc. 1817 * If "forceit" is TRUE, then the old file is not read in, and only internal 1818 * info is written to the file. 1819 */ 1820 void 1821 write_viminfo(char_u *file, int forceit) 1822 { 1823 char_u *fname; 1824 FILE *fp_in = NULL; /* input viminfo file, if any */ 1825 FILE *fp_out = NULL; /* output viminfo file */ 1826 char_u *tempname = NULL; /* name of temp viminfo file */ 1827 stat_T st_new; /* mch_stat() of potential new file */ 1828 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) 1829 mode_t umask_save; 1830 #endif 1831 #ifdef UNIX 1832 int shortname = FALSE; /* use 8.3 file name */ 1833 stat_T st_old; /* mch_stat() of existing viminfo file */ 1834 #endif 1835 #ifdef WIN3264 1836 int hidden = FALSE; 1837 #endif 1838 1839 if (no_viminfo()) 1840 return; 1841 1842 fname = viminfo_filename(file); /* may set to default if NULL */ 1843 if (fname == NULL) 1844 return; 1845 1846 fp_in = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN); 1847 if (fp_in == NULL) 1848 { 1849 int fd; 1850 1851 /* if it does exist, but we can't read it, don't try writing */ 1852 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_new) == 0) 1853 goto end; 1854 1855 /* Create the new .viminfo non-accessible for others, because it may 1856 * contain text from non-accessible documents. It is up to the user to 1857 * widen access (e.g. to a group). This may also fail if there is a 1858 * race condition, then just give up. */ 1859 fd = mch_open((char *)fname, 1860 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600); 1861 if (fd < 0) 1862 goto end; 1863 fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN); 1864 } 1865 else 1866 { 1867 /* 1868 * There is an existing viminfo file. Create a temporary file to 1869 * write the new viminfo into, in the same directory as the 1870 * existing viminfo file, which will be renamed once all writing is 1871 * successful. 1872 */ 1873 #ifdef UNIX 1874 /* 1875 * For Unix we check the owner of the file. It's not very nice to 1876 * overwrite a user's viminfo file after a "su root", with a 1877 * viminfo file that the user can't read. 1878 */ 1879 st_old.st_dev = (dev_t)0; 1880 st_old.st_ino = 0; 1881 st_old.st_mode = 0600; 1882 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_old) == 0 1883 && getuid() != ROOT_UID 1884 && !(st_old.st_uid == getuid() 1885 ? (st_old.st_mode & 0200) 1886 : (st_old.st_gid == getgid() 1887 ? (st_old.st_mode & 0020) 1888 : (st_old.st_mode & 0002)))) 1889 { 1890 int tt = msg_didany; 1891 1892 /* avoid a wait_return for this message, it's annoying */ 1893 EMSG2(_("E137: Viminfo file is not writable: %s"), fname); 1894 msg_didany = tt; 1895 fclose(fp_in); 1896 goto end; 1897 } 1898 #endif 1899 #ifdef WIN3264 1900 /* Get the file attributes of the existing viminfo file. */ 1901 hidden = mch_ishidden(fname); 1902 #endif 1903 1904 /* 1905 * Make tempname, find one that does not exist yet. 1906 * Beware of a race condition: If someone logs out and all Vim 1907 * instances exit at the same time a temp file might be created between 1908 * stat() and open(). Use mch_open() with O_EXCL to avoid that. 1909 * May try twice: Once normal and once with shortname set, just in 1910 * case somebody puts his viminfo file in an 8.3 filesystem. 1911 */ 1912 for (;;) 1913 { 1914 int next_char = 'z'; 1915 char_u *wp; 1916 1917 tempname = buf_modname( 1918 #ifdef UNIX 1919 shortname, 1920 #else 1921 FALSE, 1922 #endif 1923 fname, 1924 #ifdef VMS 1925 (char_u *)"-tmp", 1926 #else 1927 (char_u *)".tmp", 1928 #endif 1929 FALSE); 1930 if (tempname == NULL) /* out of memory */ 1931 break; 1932 1933 /* 1934 * Try a series of names. Change one character, just before 1935 * the extension. This should also work for an 8.3 1936 * file name, when after adding the extension it still is 1937 * the same file as the original. 1938 */ 1939 wp = tempname + STRLEN(tempname) - 5; 1940 if (wp < gettail(tempname)) /* empty file name? */ 1941 wp = gettail(tempname); 1942 for (;;) 1943 { 1944 /* 1945 * Check if tempfile already exists. Never overwrite an 1946 * existing file! 1947 */ 1948 if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0) 1949 { 1950 #ifdef UNIX 1951 /* 1952 * Check if tempfile is same as original file. May happen 1953 * when modname() gave the same file back. E.g. silly 1954 * link, or file name-length reached. Try again with 1955 * shortname set. 1956 */ 1957 if (!shortname && st_new.st_dev == st_old.st_dev 1958 && st_new.st_ino == st_old.st_ino) 1959 { 1960 vim_free(tempname); 1961 tempname = NULL; 1962 shortname = TRUE; 1963 break; 1964 } 1965 #endif 1966 } 1967 else 1968 { 1969 /* Try creating the file exclusively. This may fail if 1970 * another Vim tries to do it at the same time. */ 1971 #ifdef VMS 1972 /* fdopen() fails for some reason */ 1973 umask_save = umask(077); 1974 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN); 1975 (void)umask(umask_save); 1976 #else 1977 int fd; 1978 1979 /* Use mch_open() to be able to use O_NOFOLLOW and set file 1980 * protection: 1981 * Unix: same as original file, but strip s-bit. Reset 1982 * umask to avoid it getting in the way. 1983 * Others: r&w for user only. */ 1984 # ifdef UNIX 1985 umask_save = umask(0); 1986 fd = mch_open((char *)tempname, 1987 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 1988 (int)((st_old.st_mode & 0777) | 0600)); 1989 (void)umask(umask_save); 1990 # else 1991 fd = mch_open((char *)tempname, 1992 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600); 1993 # endif 1994 if (fd < 0) 1995 { 1996 fp_out = NULL; 1997 # ifdef EEXIST 1998 /* Avoid trying lots of names while the problem is lack 1999 * of premission, only retry if the file already 2000 * exists. */ 2001 if (errno != EEXIST) 2002 break; 2003 # endif 2004 } 2005 else 2006 fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN); 2007 #endif /* VMS */ 2008 if (fp_out != NULL) 2009 break; 2010 } 2011 2012 /* Assume file exists, try again with another name. */ 2013 if (next_char == 'a' - 1) 2014 { 2015 /* They all exist? Must be something wrong! Don't write 2016 * the viminfo file then. */ 2017 EMSG2(_("E929: Too many viminfo temp files, like %s!"), 2018 tempname); 2019 break; 2020 } 2021 *wp = next_char; 2022 --next_char; 2023 } 2024 2025 if (tempname != NULL) 2026 break; 2027 /* continue if shortname was set */ 2028 } 2029 2030 #if defined(UNIX) && defined(HAVE_FCHOWN) 2031 if (tempname != NULL && fp_out != NULL) 2032 { 2033 stat_T tmp_st; 2034 2035 /* 2036 * Make sure the original owner can read/write the tempfile and 2037 * otherwise preserve permissions, making sure the group matches. 2038 */ 2039 if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &tmp_st) >= 0) 2040 { 2041 if (st_old.st_uid != tmp_st.st_uid) 2042 /* Changing the owner might fail, in which case the 2043 * file will now owned by the current user, oh well. */ 2044 ignored = fchown(fileno(fp_out), st_old.st_uid, -1); 2045 if (st_old.st_gid != tmp_st.st_gid 2046 && fchown(fileno(fp_out), -1, st_old.st_gid) == -1) 2047 /* can't set the group to what it should be, remove 2048 * group permissions */ 2049 (void)mch_setperm(tempname, 0600); 2050 } 2051 else 2052 /* can't stat the file, set conservative permissions */ 2053 (void)mch_setperm(tempname, 0600); 2054 } 2055 #endif 2056 } 2057 2058 /* 2059 * Check if the new viminfo file can be written to. 2060 */ 2061 if (fp_out == NULL) 2062 { 2063 EMSG2(_("E138: Can't write viminfo file %s!"), 2064 (fp_in == NULL || tempname == NULL) ? fname : tempname); 2065 if (fp_in != NULL) 2066 fclose(fp_in); 2067 goto end; 2068 } 2069 2070 if (p_verbose > 0) 2071 { 2072 verbose_enter(); 2073 smsg((char_u *)_("Writing viminfo file \"%s\""), fname); 2074 verbose_leave(); 2075 } 2076 2077 viminfo_errcnt = 0; 2078 do_viminfo(fp_in, fp_out, forceit ? 0 : (VIF_WANT_INFO | VIF_WANT_MARKS)); 2079 2080 if (fclose(fp_out) == EOF) 2081 ++viminfo_errcnt; 2082 2083 if (fp_in != NULL) 2084 { 2085 fclose(fp_in); 2086 2087 /* In case of an error keep the original viminfo file. Otherwise 2088 * rename the newly written file. Give an error if that fails. */ 2089 if (viminfo_errcnt == 0) 2090 { 2091 if (vim_rename(tempname, fname) == -1) 2092 { 2093 ++viminfo_errcnt; 2094 EMSG2(_("E886: Can't rename viminfo file to %s!"), fname); 2095 } 2096 # ifdef WIN3264 2097 /* If the viminfo file was hidden then also hide the new file. */ 2098 else if (hidden) 2099 mch_hide(fname); 2100 # endif 2101 } 2102 if (viminfo_errcnt > 0) 2103 mch_remove(tempname); 2104 } 2105 2106 end: 2107 vim_free(fname); 2108 vim_free(tempname); 2109 } 2110 2111 /* 2112 * Get the viminfo file name to use. 2113 * If "file" is given and not empty, use it (has already been expanded by 2114 * cmdline functions). 2115 * Otherwise use "-i file_name", value from 'viminfo' or the default, and 2116 * expand environment variables. 2117 * Returns an allocated string. NULL when out of memory. 2118 */ 2119 static char_u * 2120 viminfo_filename(char_u *file) 2121 { 2122 if (file == NULL || *file == NUL) 2123 { 2124 if (*p_viminfofile != NUL) 2125 file = p_viminfofile; 2126 else if ((file = find_viminfo_parameter('n')) == NULL || *file == NUL) 2127 { 2128 #ifdef VIMINFO_FILE2 2129 # ifdef VMS 2130 if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN") == NULL) 2131 # else 2132 # ifdef MSWIN 2133 /* Use $VIM only if $HOME is the default "C:/". */ 2134 if (STRCMP(vim_getenv((char_u *)"HOME", NULL), "C:/") == 0 2135 && mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL) 2136 # else 2137 if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL) 2138 # endif 2139 # endif 2140 { 2141 /* don't use $VIM when not available. */ 2142 expand_env((char_u *)"$VIM", NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 2143 if (STRCMP("$VIM", NameBuff) != 0) /* $VIM was expanded */ 2144 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE2; 2145 else 2146 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE; 2147 } 2148 else 2149 #endif 2150 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE; 2151 } 2152 expand_env(file, NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 2153 file = NameBuff; 2154 } 2155 return vim_strsave(file); 2156 } 2157 2158 /* 2159 * do_viminfo() -- Should only be called from read_viminfo() & write_viminfo(). 2160 */ 2161 static void 2162 do_viminfo(FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags) 2163 { 2164 int eof = FALSE; 2165 vir_T vir; 2166 int merge = FALSE; 2167 int do_copy_marks = FALSE; 2168 garray_T buflist; 2169 2170 if ((vir.vir_line = alloc(LSIZE)) == NULL) 2171 return; 2172 vir.vir_fd = fp_in; 2173 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2174 vir.vir_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; 2175 #endif 2176 ga_init2(&vir.vir_barlines, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100); 2177 vir.vir_version = -1; 2178 2179 if (fp_in != NULL) 2180 { 2181 if (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) 2182 { 2183 if (fp_out != NULL) 2184 { 2185 /* Registers and marks are read and kept separate from what 2186 * this Vim is using. They are merged when writing. */ 2187 prepare_viminfo_registers(); 2188 prepare_viminfo_marks(); 2189 } 2190 2191 eof = read_viminfo_up_to_marks(&vir, 2192 flags & VIF_FORCEIT, fp_out != NULL); 2193 merge = TRUE; 2194 } 2195 else if (flags != 0) 2196 /* Skip info, find start of marks */ 2197 while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(&vir)) 2198 && vir.vir_line[0] != '>') 2199 ; 2200 2201 do_copy_marks = (flags & 2202 (VIF_WANT_MARKS | VIF_GET_OLDFILES | VIF_FORCEIT)); 2203 } 2204 2205 if (fp_out != NULL) 2206 { 2207 /* Write the info: */ 2208 fprintf(fp_out, _("# This viminfo file was generated by Vim %s.\n"), 2209 VIM_VERSION_MEDIUM); 2210 fputs(_("# You may edit it if you're careful!\n\n"), fp_out); 2211 write_viminfo_version(fp_out); 2212 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2213 fputs(_("# Value of 'encoding' when this file was written\n"), fp_out); 2214 fprintf(fp_out, "*encoding=%s\n\n", p_enc); 2215 #endif 2216 write_viminfo_search_pattern(fp_out); 2217 write_viminfo_sub_string(fp_out); 2218 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2219 write_viminfo_history(fp_out, merge); 2220 #endif 2221 write_viminfo_registers(fp_out); 2222 finish_viminfo_registers(); 2223 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2224 write_viminfo_varlist(fp_out); 2225 #endif 2226 write_viminfo_filemarks(fp_out); 2227 finish_viminfo_marks(); 2228 write_viminfo_bufferlist(fp_out); 2229 write_viminfo_barlines(&vir, fp_out); 2230 2231 if (do_copy_marks) 2232 ga_init2(&buflist, sizeof(buf_T *), 50); 2233 write_viminfo_marks(fp_out, do_copy_marks ? &buflist : NULL); 2234 } 2235 2236 if (do_copy_marks) 2237 { 2238 copy_viminfo_marks(&vir, fp_out, &buflist, eof, flags); 2239 if (fp_out != NULL) 2240 ga_clear(&buflist); 2241 } 2242 2243 vim_free(vir.vir_line); 2244 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2245 if (vir.vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) 2246 convert_setup(&vir.vir_conv, NULL, NULL); 2247 #endif 2248 ga_clear_strings(&vir.vir_barlines); 2249 } 2250 2251 /* 2252 * read_viminfo_up_to_marks() -- Only called from do_viminfo(). Reads in the 2253 * first part of the viminfo file which contains everything but the marks that 2254 * are local to a file. Returns TRUE when end-of-file is reached. -- webb 2255 */ 2256 static int 2257 read_viminfo_up_to_marks( 2258 vir_T *virp, 2259 int forceit, 2260 int writing) 2261 { 2262 int eof; 2263 buf_T *buf; 2264 int got_encoding = FALSE; 2265 2266 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2267 prepare_viminfo_history(forceit ? 9999 : 0, writing); 2268 #endif 2269 2270 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2271 while (!eof && virp->vir_line[0] != '>') 2272 { 2273 switch (virp->vir_line[0]) 2274 { 2275 /* Characters reserved for future expansion, ignored now */ 2276 case '+': /* "+40 /path/dir file", for running vim without args */ 2277 case '^': /* to be defined */ 2278 case '<': /* long line - ignored */ 2279 /* A comment or empty line. */ 2280 case NUL: 2281 case '\r': 2282 case '\n': 2283 case '#': 2284 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2285 break; 2286 case '|': 2287 eof = read_viminfo_barline(virp, got_encoding, 2288 forceit, writing); 2289 break; 2290 case '*': /* "*encoding=value" */ 2291 got_encoding = TRUE; 2292 eof = viminfo_encoding(virp); 2293 break; 2294 case '!': /* global variable */ 2295 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2296 eof = read_viminfo_varlist(virp, writing); 2297 #else 2298 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2299 #endif 2300 break; 2301 case '%': /* entry for buffer list */ 2302 eof = read_viminfo_bufferlist(virp, writing); 2303 break; 2304 case '"': 2305 /* When registers are in bar lines skip the old style register 2306 * lines. */ 2307 if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_REGISTERS) 2308 eof = read_viminfo_register(virp, forceit); 2309 else 2310 do { 2311 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2312 } while (!eof && (virp->vir_line[0] == TAB 2313 || virp->vir_line[0] == '<')); 2314 break; 2315 case '/': /* Search string */ 2316 case '&': /* Substitute search string */ 2317 case '~': /* Last search string, followed by '/' or '&' */ 2318 eof = read_viminfo_search_pattern(virp, forceit); 2319 break; 2320 case '$': 2321 eof = read_viminfo_sub_string(virp, forceit); 2322 break; 2323 case ':': 2324 case '?': 2325 case '=': 2326 case '@': 2327 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2328 /* When history is in bar lines skip the old style history 2329 * lines. */ 2330 if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_HISTORY) 2331 eof = read_viminfo_history(virp, writing); 2332 else 2333 #endif 2334 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2335 break; 2336 case '-': 2337 case '\'': 2338 /* When file marks are in bar lines skip the old style lines. */ 2339 if (virp->vir_version < VIMINFO_VERSION_WITH_MARKS) 2340 eof = read_viminfo_filemark(virp, forceit); 2341 else 2342 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2343 break; 2344 default: 2345 if (viminfo_error("E575: ", _("Illegal starting char"), 2346 virp->vir_line)) 2347 eof = TRUE; 2348 else 2349 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2350 break; 2351 } 2352 } 2353 2354 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 2355 /* Finish reading history items. */ 2356 if (!writing) 2357 finish_viminfo_history(virp); 2358 #endif 2359 2360 /* Change file names to buffer numbers for fmarks. */ 2361 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 2362 fmarks_check_names(buf); 2363 2364 return eof; 2365 } 2366 2367 /* 2368 * Compare the 'encoding' value in the viminfo file with the current value of 2369 * 'encoding'. If different and the 'c' flag is in 'viminfo', setup for 2370 * conversion of text with iconv() in viminfo_readstring(). 2371 */ 2372 static int 2373 viminfo_encoding(vir_T *virp) 2374 { 2375 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2376 char_u *p; 2377 int i; 2378 2379 if (get_viminfo_parameter('c') != 0) 2380 { 2381 p = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line, '='); 2382 if (p != NULL) 2383 { 2384 /* remove trailing newline */ 2385 ++p; 2386 for (i = 0; vim_isprintc(p[i]); ++i) 2387 ; 2388 p[i] = NUL; 2389 2390 convert_setup(&virp->vir_conv, p, p_enc); 2391 } 2392 } 2393 #endif 2394 return viminfo_readline(virp); 2395 } 2396 2397 /* 2398 * Read a line from the viminfo file. 2399 * Returns TRUE for end-of-file; 2400 */ 2401 int 2402 viminfo_readline(vir_T *virp) 2403 { 2404 return vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, LSIZE, virp->vir_fd); 2405 } 2406 2407 /* 2408 * Check string read from viminfo file. 2409 * Remove '\n' at the end of the line. 2410 * - replace CTRL-V CTRL-V with CTRL-V 2411 * - replace CTRL-V 'n' with '\n' 2412 * 2413 * Check for a long line as written by viminfo_writestring(). 2414 * 2415 * Return the string in allocated memory (NULL when out of memory). 2416 */ 2417 char_u * 2418 viminfo_readstring( 2419 vir_T *virp, 2420 int off, /* offset for virp->vir_line */ 2421 int convert UNUSED) /* convert the string */ 2422 { 2423 char_u *retval; 2424 char_u *s, *d; 2425 long len; 2426 2427 if (virp->vir_line[off] == Ctrl_V && vim_isdigit(virp->vir_line[off + 1])) 2428 { 2429 len = atol((char *)virp->vir_line + off + 1); 2430 retval = lalloc(len, TRUE); 2431 if (retval == NULL) 2432 { 2433 /* Line too long? File messed up? Skip next line. */ 2434 (void)vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, 10, virp->vir_fd); 2435 return NULL; 2436 } 2437 (void)vim_fgets(retval, (int)len, virp->vir_fd); 2438 s = retval + 1; /* Skip the leading '<' */ 2439 } 2440 else 2441 { 2442 retval = vim_strsave(virp->vir_line + off); 2443 if (retval == NULL) 2444 return NULL; 2445 s = retval; 2446 } 2447 2448 /* Change CTRL-V CTRL-V to CTRL-V and CTRL-V n to \n in-place. */ 2449 d = retval; 2450 while (*s != NUL && *s != '\n') 2451 { 2452 if (s[0] == Ctrl_V && s[1] != NUL) 2453 { 2454 if (s[1] == 'n') 2455 *d++ = '\n'; 2456 else 2457 *d++ = Ctrl_V; 2458 s += 2; 2459 } 2460 else 2461 *d++ = *s++; 2462 } 2463 *d = NUL; 2464 2465 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2466 if (convert && virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *retval != NUL) 2467 { 2468 d = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, retval, NULL); 2469 if (d != NULL) 2470 { 2471 vim_free(retval); 2472 retval = d; 2473 } 2474 } 2475 #endif 2476 2477 return retval; 2478 } 2479 2480 /* 2481 * write string to viminfo file 2482 * - replace CTRL-V with CTRL-V CTRL-V 2483 * - replace '\n' with CTRL-V 'n' 2484 * - add a '\n' at the end 2485 * 2486 * For a long line: 2487 * - write " CTRL-V <length> \n " in first line 2488 * - write " < <string> \n " in second line 2489 */ 2490 void 2491 viminfo_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *p) 2492 { 2493 int c; 2494 char_u *s; 2495 int len = 0; 2496 2497 for (s = p; *s != NUL; ++s) 2498 { 2499 if (*s == Ctrl_V || *s == '\n') 2500 ++len; 2501 ++len; 2502 } 2503 2504 /* If the string will be too long, write its length and put it in the next 2505 * line. Take into account that some room is needed for what comes before 2506 * the string (e.g., variable name). Add something to the length for the 2507 * '<', NL and trailing NUL. */ 2508 if (len > LSIZE / 2) 2509 fprintf(fd, IF_EB("\026%d\n<", CTRL_V_STR "%d\n<"), len + 3); 2510 2511 while ((c = *p++) != NUL) 2512 { 2513 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == '\n') 2514 { 2515 putc(Ctrl_V, fd); 2516 if (c == '\n') 2517 c = 'n'; 2518 } 2519 putc(c, fd); 2520 } 2521 putc('\n', fd); 2522 } 2523 2524 /* 2525 * Write a string in quotes that barline_parse() can read back. 2526 * Breaks the line in less than LSIZE pieces when needed. 2527 * Returns remaining characters in the line. 2528 */ 2529 int 2530 barline_writestring(FILE *fd, char_u *s, int remaining_start) 2531 { 2532 char_u *p; 2533 int remaining = remaining_start; 2534 int len = 2; 2535 2536 /* Count the number of characters produced, including quotes. */ 2537 for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p) 2538 { 2539 if (*p == NL) 2540 len += 2; 2541 else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\') 2542 len += 2; 2543 else 2544 ++len; 2545 } 2546 if (len > remaining - 2) 2547 { 2548 fprintf(fd, ">%d\n|<", len); 2549 remaining = LSIZE - 20; 2550 } 2551 2552 putc('"', fd); 2553 for (p = s; *p != NUL; ++p) 2554 { 2555 if (*p == NL) 2556 { 2557 putc('\\', fd); 2558 putc('n', fd); 2559 --remaining; 2560 } 2561 else if (*p == '"' || *p == '\\') 2562 { 2563 putc('\\', fd); 2564 putc(*p, fd); 2565 --remaining; 2566 } 2567 else 2568 putc(*p, fd); 2569 --remaining; 2570 2571 if (remaining < 3) 2572 { 2573 putc('\n', fd); 2574 putc('|', fd); 2575 putc('<', fd); 2576 /* Leave enough space for another continuation. */ 2577 remaining = LSIZE - 20; 2578 } 2579 } 2580 putc('"', fd); 2581 return remaining - 2; 2582 } 2583 2584 /* 2585 * Parse a viminfo line starting with '|'. 2586 * Add each decoded value to "values". 2587 * Returns TRUE if the next line is to be read after using the parsed values. 2588 */ 2589 static int 2590 barline_parse(vir_T *virp, char_u *text, garray_T *values) 2591 { 2592 char_u *p = text; 2593 char_u *nextp = NULL; 2594 char_u *buf = NULL; 2595 bval_T *value; 2596 int i; 2597 int allocated = FALSE; 2598 int eof; 2599 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2600 char_u *sconv; 2601 int converted; 2602 #endif 2603 2604 while (*p == ',') 2605 { 2606 ++p; 2607 if (ga_grow(values, 1) == FAIL) 2608 break; 2609 value = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + values->ga_len; 2610 2611 if (*p == '>') 2612 { 2613 /* Need to read a continuation line. Put strings in allocated 2614 * memory, because virp->vir_line is overwritten. */ 2615 if (!allocated) 2616 { 2617 for (i = 0; i < values->ga_len; ++i) 2618 { 2619 bval_T *vp = (bval_T *)(values->ga_data) + i; 2620 2621 if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && !vp->bv_allocated) 2622 { 2623 vp->bv_string = vim_strnsave(vp->bv_string, vp->bv_len); 2624 vp->bv_allocated = TRUE; 2625 } 2626 } 2627 allocated = TRUE; 2628 } 2629 2630 if (vim_isdigit(p[1])) 2631 { 2632 size_t len; 2633 size_t todo; 2634 size_t n; 2635 2636 /* String value was split into lines that are each shorter 2637 * than LSIZE: 2638 * |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"} 2639 * |<"{text1} 2640 * |<{text2}",{value} 2641 * Length includes the quotes. 2642 */ 2643 ++p; 2644 len = getdigits(&p); 2645 buf = alloc((int)(len + 1)); 2646 if (buf == NULL) 2647 return TRUE; 2648 p = buf; 2649 for (todo = len; todo > 0; todo -= n) 2650 { 2651 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2652 if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|' 2653 || virp->vir_line[1] != '<') 2654 { 2655 /* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if 2656 * this one starts with '|'. */ 2657 vim_free(buf); 2658 return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|'; 2659 } 2660 /* Get length of text, excluding |< and NL chars. */ 2661 n = STRLEN(virp->vir_line); 2662 while (n > 0 && (virp->vir_line[n - 1] == NL 2663 || virp->vir_line[n - 1] == CAR)) 2664 --n; 2665 n -= 2; 2666 if (n > todo) 2667 { 2668 /* more values follow after the string */ 2669 nextp = virp->vir_line + 2 + todo; 2670 n = todo; 2671 } 2672 mch_memmove(p, virp->vir_line + 2, n); 2673 p += n; 2674 } 2675 *p = NUL; 2676 p = buf; 2677 } 2678 else 2679 { 2680 /* Line ending in ">" continues in the next line: 2681 * |{bartype},{lots of values},> 2682 * |<{value},{value} 2683 */ 2684 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); 2685 if (eof || virp->vir_line[0] != '|' 2686 || virp->vir_line[1] != '<') 2687 /* File was truncated or garbled. Read another line if 2688 * this one starts with '|'. */ 2689 return eof || virp->vir_line[0] == '|'; 2690 p = virp->vir_line + 2; 2691 } 2692 } 2693 2694 if (isdigit(*p)) 2695 { 2696 value->bv_type = BVAL_NR; 2697 value->bv_nr = getdigits(&p); 2698 ++values->ga_len; 2699 } 2700 else if (*p == '"') 2701 { 2702 int len = 0; 2703 char_u *s = p; 2704 2705 /* Unescape special characters in-place. */ 2706 ++p; 2707 while (*p != '"') 2708 { 2709 if (*p == NL || *p == NUL) 2710 return TRUE; /* syntax error, drop the value */ 2711 if (*p == '\\') 2712 { 2713 ++p; 2714 if (*p == 'n') 2715 s[len++] = '\n'; 2716 else 2717 s[len++] = *p; 2718 ++p; 2719 } 2720 else 2721 s[len++] = *p++; 2722 } 2723 ++p; 2724 s[len] = NUL; 2725 2726 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2727 converted = FALSE; 2728 if (virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *s != NUL) 2729 { 2730 sconv = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, s, NULL); 2731 if (sconv != NULL) 2732 { 2733 if (s == buf) 2734 vim_free(s); 2735 s = sconv; 2736 buf = s; 2737 converted = TRUE; 2738 } 2739 } 2740 #endif 2741 /* Need to copy in allocated memory if the string wasn't allocated 2742 * above and we did allocate before, thus vir_line may change. */ 2743 if (s != buf && allocated) 2744 s = vim_strsave(s); 2745 value->bv_string = s; 2746 value->bv_type = BVAL_STRING; 2747 value->bv_len = len; 2748 value->bv_allocated = allocated 2749 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2750 || converted 2751 #endif 2752 ; 2753 ++values->ga_len; 2754 if (nextp != NULL) 2755 { 2756 /* values following a long string */ 2757 p = nextp; 2758 nextp = NULL; 2759 } 2760 } 2761 else if (*p == ',') 2762 { 2763 value->bv_type = BVAL_EMPTY; 2764 ++values->ga_len; 2765 } 2766 else 2767 break; 2768 } 2769 return TRUE; 2770 } 2771 2772 static int 2773 read_viminfo_barline(vir_T *virp, int got_encoding, int force, int writing) 2774 { 2775 char_u *p = virp->vir_line + 1; 2776 int bartype; 2777 garray_T values; 2778 bval_T *vp; 2779 int i; 2780 int read_next = TRUE; 2781 2782 /* The format is: |{bartype},{value},... 2783 * For a very long string: 2784 * |{bartype},>{length of "{text}{text2}"} 2785 * |<{text1} 2786 * |<{text2},{value} 2787 * For a long line not using a string 2788 * |{bartype},{lots of values},> 2789 * |<{value},{value} 2790 */ 2791 if (*p == '<') 2792 { 2793 /* Continuation line of an unrecognized item. */ 2794 if (writing) 2795 ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line); 2796 } 2797 else 2798 { 2799 ga_init2(&values, sizeof(bval_T), 20); 2800 bartype = getdigits(&p); 2801 switch (bartype) 2802 { 2803 case BARTYPE_VERSION: 2804 /* Only use the version when it comes before the encoding. 2805 * If it comes later it was copied by a Vim version that 2806 * doesn't understand the version. */ 2807 if (!got_encoding) 2808 { 2809 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2810 vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data; 2811 if (values.ga_len > 0 && vp->bv_type == BVAL_NR) 2812 virp->vir_version = vp->bv_nr; 2813 } 2814 break; 2815 2816 case BARTYPE_HISTORY: 2817 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2818 handle_viminfo_history(&values, writing); 2819 break; 2820 2821 case BARTYPE_REGISTER: 2822 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2823 handle_viminfo_register(&values, force); 2824 break; 2825 2826 case BARTYPE_MARK: 2827 read_next = barline_parse(virp, p, &values); 2828 handle_viminfo_mark(&values, force); 2829 break; 2830 2831 default: 2832 /* copy unrecognized line (for future use) */ 2833 if (writing) 2834 ga_add_string(&virp->vir_barlines, virp->vir_line); 2835 } 2836 for (i = 0; i < values.ga_len; ++i) 2837 { 2838 vp = (bval_T *)values.ga_data + i; 2839 if (vp->bv_type == BVAL_STRING && vp->bv_allocated) 2840 vim_free(vp->bv_string); 2841 } 2842 ga_clear(&values); 2843 } 2844 2845 if (read_next) 2846 return viminfo_readline(virp); 2847 return FALSE; 2848 } 2849 2850 static void 2851 write_viminfo_version(FILE *fp_out) 2852 { 2853 fprintf(fp_out, "# Viminfo version\n|%d,%d\n\n", 2854 BARTYPE_VERSION, VIMINFO_VERSION); 2855 } 2856 2857 static void 2858 write_viminfo_barlines(vir_T *virp, FILE *fp_out) 2859 { 2860 int i; 2861 garray_T *gap = &virp->vir_barlines; 2862 int seen_useful = FALSE; 2863 char *line; 2864 2865 if (gap->ga_len > 0) 2866 { 2867 fputs(_("\n# Bar lines, copied verbatim:\n"), fp_out); 2868 2869 /* Skip over continuation lines until seeing a useful line. */ 2870 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i) 2871 { 2872 line = ((char **)(gap->ga_data))[i]; 2873 if (seen_useful || line[1] != '<') 2874 { 2875 fputs(line, fp_out); 2876 seen_useful = TRUE; 2877 } 2878 } 2879 } 2880 } 2881 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ 2882 2883 /* 2884 * Return the current time in seconds. Calls time(), unless test_settime() 2885 * was used. 2886 */ 2887 time_T 2888 vim_time(void) 2889 { 2890 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2891 return time_for_testing == 0 ? time(NULL) : time_for_testing; 2892 # else 2893 return time(NULL); 2894 # endif 2895 } 2896 2897 /* 2898 * Implementation of ":fixdel", also used by get_stty(). 2899 * <BS> resulting <Del> 2900 * ^? ^H 2901 * not ^? ^? 2902 */ 2903 void 2904 do_fixdel(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 2905 { 2906 char_u *p; 2907 2908 p = find_termcode((char_u *)"kb"); 2909 add_termcode((char_u *)"kD", p != NULL 2910 && *p == DEL ? (char_u *)CTRL_H_STR : DEL_STR, FALSE); 2911 } 2912 2913 void 2914 print_line_no_prefix( 2915 linenr_T lnum, 2916 int use_number, 2917 int list) 2918 { 2919 char_u numbuf[30]; 2920 2921 if (curwin->w_p_nu || use_number) 2922 { 2923 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, sizeof(numbuf), 2924 "%*ld ", number_width(curwin), (long)lnum); 2925 msg_puts_attr(numbuf, HL_ATTR(HLF_N)); /* Highlight line nrs */ 2926 } 2927 msg_prt_line(ml_get(lnum), list); 2928 } 2929 2930 /* 2931 * Print a text line. Also in silent mode ("ex -s"). 2932 */ 2933 void 2934 print_line(linenr_T lnum, int use_number, int list) 2935 { 2936 int save_silent = silent_mode; 2937 2938 /* apply :filter /pat/ */ 2939 if (message_filtered(ml_get(lnum))) 2940 return; 2941 2942 msg_start(); 2943 silent_mode = FALSE; 2944 info_message = TRUE; /* use mch_msg(), not mch_errmsg() */ 2945 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, use_number, list); 2946 if (save_silent) 2947 { 2948 msg_putchar('\n'); 2949 cursor_on(); /* msg_start() switches it off */ 2950 out_flush(); 2951 silent_mode = save_silent; 2952 } 2953 info_message = FALSE; 2954 } 2955 2956 int 2957 rename_buffer(char_u *new_fname) 2958 { 2959 char_u *fname, *sfname, *xfname; 2960 buf_T *buf; 2961 2962 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 2963 buf = curbuf; 2964 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 2965 /* buffer changed, don't change name now */ 2966 if (buf != curbuf) 2967 return FAIL; 2968 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2969 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 2970 return FAIL; 2971 # endif 2972 #endif 2973 /* 2974 * The name of the current buffer will be changed. 2975 * A new (unlisted) buffer entry needs to be made to hold the old file 2976 * name, which will become the alternate file name. 2977 * But don't set the alternate file name if the buffer didn't have a 2978 * name. 2979 */ 2980 fname = curbuf->b_ffname; 2981 sfname = curbuf->b_sfname; 2982 xfname = curbuf->b_fname; 2983 curbuf->b_ffname = NULL; 2984 curbuf->b_sfname = NULL; 2985 if (setfname(curbuf, new_fname, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) 2986 { 2987 curbuf->b_ffname = fname; 2988 curbuf->b_sfname = sfname; 2989 return FAIL; 2990 } 2991 curbuf->b_flags |= BF_NOTEDITED; 2992 if (xfname != NULL && *xfname != NUL) 2993 { 2994 buf = buflist_new(fname, xfname, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); 2995 if (buf != NULL && !cmdmod.keepalt) 2996 curwin->w_alt_fnum = buf->b_fnum; 2997 } 2998 vim_free(fname); 2999 vim_free(sfname); 3000 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3001 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3002 #endif 3003 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ 3004 DO_AUTOCHDIR 3005 return OK; 3006 } 3007 3008 /* 3009 * ":file[!] [fname]". 3010 */ 3011 void 3012 ex_file(exarg_T *eap) 3013 { 3014 /* ":0file" removes the file name. Check for illegal uses ":3file", 3015 * "0file name", etc. */ 3016 if (eap->addr_count > 0 3017 && (*eap->arg != NUL 3018 || eap->line2 > 0 3019 || eap->addr_count > 1)) 3020 { 3021 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 3022 return; 3023 } 3024 3025 if (*eap->arg != NUL || eap->addr_count == 1) 3026 { 3027 if (rename_buffer(eap->arg) == FAIL) 3028 return; 3029 } 3030 /* print full file name if :cd used */ 3031 if (!shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO)) 3032 fileinfo(FALSE, FALSE, eap->forceit); 3033 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 3034 } 3035 3036 /* 3037 * ":update". 3038 */ 3039 void 3040 ex_update(exarg_T *eap) 3041 { 3042 if (curbufIsChanged()) 3043 (void)do_write(eap); 3044 } 3045 3046 /* 3047 * ":write" and ":saveas". 3048 */ 3049 void 3050 ex_write(exarg_T *eap) 3051 { 3052 if (eap->usefilter) /* input lines to shell command */ 3053 do_bang(1, eap, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 3054 else 3055 (void)do_write(eap); 3056 } 3057 3058 /* 3059 * write current buffer to file 'eap->arg' 3060 * if 'eap->append' is TRUE, append to the file 3061 * 3062 * if *eap->arg == NUL write to current file 3063 * 3064 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise 3065 */ 3066 int 3067 do_write(exarg_T *eap) 3068 { 3069 int other; 3070 char_u *fname = NULL; /* init to shut up gcc */ 3071 char_u *ffname; 3072 int retval = FAIL; 3073 char_u *free_fname = NULL; 3074 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3075 char_u *browse_file = NULL; 3076 #endif 3077 buf_T *alt_buf = NULL; 3078 int name_was_missing; 3079 3080 if (not_writing()) /* check 'write' option */ 3081 return FAIL; 3082 3083 ffname = eap->arg; 3084 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3085 if (cmdmod.browse) 3086 { 3087 browse_file = do_browse(BROWSE_SAVE, (char_u *)_("Save As"), ffname, 3088 NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf); 3089 if (browse_file == NULL) 3090 goto theend; 3091 ffname = browse_file; 3092 } 3093 #endif 3094 if (*ffname == NUL) 3095 { 3096 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) 3097 { 3098 EMSG(_(e_argreq)); 3099 goto theend; 3100 } 3101 other = FALSE; 3102 } 3103 else 3104 { 3105 fname = ffname; 3106 free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); 3107 /* 3108 * When out-of-memory, keep unexpanded file name, because we MUST be 3109 * able to write the file in this situation. 3110 */ 3111 if (free_fname != NULL) 3112 ffname = free_fname; 3113 other = otherfile(ffname); 3114 } 3115 3116 /* 3117 * If we have a new file, put its name in the list of alternate file names. 3118 */ 3119 if (other) 3120 { 3121 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_ALTWRITE) != NULL 3122 || eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) 3123 alt_buf = setaltfname(ffname, fname, (linenr_T)1); 3124 else 3125 alt_buf = buflist_findname(ffname); 3126 if (alt_buf != NULL && alt_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) 3127 { 3128 /* Overwriting a file that is loaded in another buffer is not a 3129 * good idea. */ 3130 EMSG(_(e_bufloaded)); 3131 goto theend; 3132 } 3133 } 3134 3135 /* 3136 * Writing to the current file is not allowed in readonly mode 3137 * and a file name is required. 3138 * "nofile" and "nowrite" buffers cannot be written implicitly either. 3139 */ 3140 if (!other && ( 3141 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 3142 bt_dontwrite_msg(curbuf) || 3143 #endif 3144 check_fname() == FAIL || check_readonly(&eap->forceit, curbuf))) 3145 goto theend; 3146 3147 if (!other) 3148 { 3149 ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; 3150 fname = curbuf->b_fname; 3151 /* 3152 * Not writing the whole file is only allowed with '!'. 3153 */ 3154 if ( (eap->line1 != 1 3155 || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3156 && !eap->forceit 3157 && !eap->append 3158 && !p_wa) 3159 { 3160 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3161 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) 3162 { 3163 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, 3164 (char_u *)_("Write partial file?"), 2) != VIM_YES) 3165 goto theend; 3166 eap->forceit = TRUE; 3167 } 3168 else 3169 #endif 3170 { 3171 EMSG(_("E140: Use ! to write partial buffer")); 3172 goto theend; 3173 } 3174 } 3175 } 3176 3177 if (check_overwrite(eap, curbuf, fname, ffname, other) == OK) 3178 { 3179 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas && alt_buf != NULL) 3180 { 3181 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3182 buf_T *was_curbuf = curbuf; 3183 3184 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3185 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); 3186 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3187 if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting()) 3188 # else 3189 if (curbuf != was_curbuf) 3190 # endif 3191 { 3192 /* buffer changed, don't change name now */ 3193 retval = FAIL; 3194 goto theend; 3195 } 3196 #endif 3197 /* Exchange the file names for the current and the alternate 3198 * buffer. This makes it look like we are now editing the buffer 3199 * under the new name. Must be done before buf_write(), because 3200 * if there is no file name and 'cpo' contains 'F', it will set 3201 * the file name. */ 3202 fname = alt_buf->b_fname; 3203 alt_buf->b_fname = curbuf->b_fname; 3204 curbuf->b_fname = fname; 3205 fname = alt_buf->b_ffname; 3206 alt_buf->b_ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; 3207 curbuf->b_ffname = fname; 3208 fname = alt_buf->b_sfname; 3209 alt_buf->b_sfname = curbuf->b_sfname; 3210 curbuf->b_sfname = fname; 3211 buf_name_changed(curbuf); 3212 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3213 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3214 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); 3215 if (!alt_buf->b_p_bl) 3216 { 3217 alt_buf->b_p_bl = TRUE; 3218 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFADD, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); 3219 } 3220 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3221 if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting()) 3222 # else 3223 if (curbuf != was_curbuf) 3224 # endif 3225 { 3226 /* buffer changed, don't write the file */ 3227 retval = FAIL; 3228 goto theend; 3229 } 3230 3231 /* If 'filetype' was empty try detecting it now. */ 3232 if (*curbuf->b_p_ft == NUL) 3233 { 3234 if (au_has_group((char_u *)"filetypedetect")) 3235 (void)do_doautocmd((char_u *)"filetypedetect BufRead", 3236 TRUE, NULL); 3237 do_modelines(0); 3238 } 3239 3240 /* Autocommands may have changed buffer names, esp. when 3241 * 'autochdir' is set. */ 3242 fname = curbuf->b_sfname; 3243 #endif 3244 } 3245 3246 name_was_missing = curbuf->b_ffname == NULL; 3247 3248 retval = buf_write(curbuf, ffname, fname, eap->line1, eap->line2, 3249 eap, eap->append, eap->forceit, TRUE, FALSE); 3250 3251 /* After ":saveas fname" reset 'readonly'. */ 3252 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) 3253 { 3254 if (retval == OK) 3255 { 3256 curbuf->b_p_ro = FALSE; 3257 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 3258 } 3259 } 3260 3261 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set and the file name 3262 * got changed or set. */ 3263 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas || name_was_missing) 3264 { 3265 DO_AUTOCHDIR 3266 } 3267 } 3268 3269 theend: 3270 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3271 vim_free(browse_file); 3272 #endif 3273 vim_free(free_fname); 3274 return retval; 3275 } 3276 3277 /* 3278 * Check if it is allowed to overwrite a file. If b_flags has BF_NOTEDITED, 3279 * BF_NEW or BF_READERR, check for overwriting current file. 3280 * May set eap->forceit if a dialog says it's OK to overwrite. 3281 * Return OK if it's OK, FAIL if it is not. 3282 */ 3283 int 3284 check_overwrite( 3285 exarg_T *eap, 3286 buf_T *buf, 3287 char_u *fname, /* file name to be used (can differ from 3288 buf->ffname) */ 3289 char_u *ffname, /* full path version of fname */ 3290 int other) /* writing under other name */ 3291 { 3292 /* 3293 * write to other file or b_flags set or not writing the whole file: 3294 * overwriting only allowed with '!' 3295 */ 3296 if ( (other 3297 || (buf->b_flags & BF_NOTEDITED) 3298 || ((buf->b_flags & BF_NEW) 3299 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_OVERNEW) == NULL) 3300 || (buf->b_flags & BF_READERR)) 3301 && !p_wa 3302 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 3303 && !bt_nofile(buf) 3304 #endif 3305 && vim_fexists(ffname)) 3306 { 3307 if (!eap->forceit && !eap->append) 3308 { 3309 #ifdef UNIX 3310 /* with UNIX it is possible to open a directory */ 3311 if (mch_isdir(ffname)) 3312 { 3313 EMSG2(_(e_isadir2), ffname); 3314 return FAIL; 3315 } 3316 #endif 3317 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3318 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) 3319 { 3320 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; 3321 3322 dialog_msg(buff, _("Overwrite existing file \"%s\"?"), fname); 3323 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) != VIM_YES) 3324 return FAIL; 3325 eap->forceit = TRUE; 3326 } 3327 else 3328 #endif 3329 { 3330 EMSG(_(e_exists)); 3331 return FAIL; 3332 } 3333 } 3334 3335 /* For ":w! filename" check that no swap file exists for "filename". */ 3336 if (other && !emsg_silent) 3337 { 3338 char_u *dir; 3339 char_u *p; 3340 int r; 3341 char_u *swapname; 3342 3343 /* We only try the first entry in 'directory', without checking if 3344 * it's writable. If the "." directory is not writable the write 3345 * will probably fail anyway. 3346 * Use 'shortname' of the current buffer, since there is no buffer 3347 * for the written file. */ 3348 if (*p_dir == NUL) 3349 { 3350 dir = alloc(5); 3351 if (dir == NULL) 3352 return FAIL; 3353 STRCPY(dir, "."); 3354 } 3355 else 3356 { 3357 dir = alloc(MAXPATHL); 3358 if (dir == NULL) 3359 return FAIL; 3360 p = p_dir; 3361 copy_option_part(&p, dir, MAXPATHL, ","); 3362 } 3363 swapname = makeswapname(fname, ffname, curbuf, dir); 3364 vim_free(dir); 3365 r = vim_fexists(swapname); 3366 if (r) 3367 { 3368 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3369 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) 3370 { 3371 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; 3372 3373 dialog_msg(buff, 3374 _("Swap file \"%s\" exists, overwrite anyway?"), 3375 swapname); 3376 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) 3377 != VIM_YES) 3378 { 3379 vim_free(swapname); 3380 return FAIL; 3381 } 3382 eap->forceit = TRUE; 3383 } 3384 else 3385 #endif 3386 { 3387 EMSG2(_("E768: Swap file exists: %s (:silent! overrides)"), 3388 swapname); 3389 vim_free(swapname); 3390 return FAIL; 3391 } 3392 } 3393 vim_free(swapname); 3394 } 3395 } 3396 return OK; 3397 } 3398 3399 /* 3400 * Handle ":wnext", ":wNext" and ":wprevious" commands. 3401 */ 3402 void 3403 ex_wnext(exarg_T *eap) 3404 { 3405 int i; 3406 3407 if (eap->cmd[1] == 'n') 3408 i = curwin->w_arg_idx + (int)eap->line2; 3409 else 3410 i = curwin->w_arg_idx - (int)eap->line2; 3411 eap->line1 = 1; 3412 eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 3413 if (do_write(eap) != FAIL) 3414 do_argfile(eap, i); 3415 } 3416 3417 /* 3418 * ":wall", ":wqall" and ":xall": Write all changed files (and exit). 3419 */ 3420 void 3421 do_wqall(exarg_T *eap) 3422 { 3423 buf_T *buf; 3424 int error = 0; 3425 int save_forceit = eap->forceit; 3426 3427 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_xall || eap->cmdidx == CMD_wqall) 3428 exiting = TRUE; 3429 3430 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 3431 { 3432 if (bufIsChanged(buf) && !bt_dontwrite(buf)) 3433 { 3434 /* 3435 * Check if there is a reason the buffer cannot be written: 3436 * 1. if the 'write' option is set 3437 * 2. if there is no file name (even after browsing) 3438 * 3. if the 'readonly' is set (even after a dialog) 3439 * 4. if overwriting is allowed (even after a dialog) 3440 */ 3441 if (not_writing()) 3442 { 3443 ++error; 3444 break; 3445 } 3446 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3447 /* ":browse wall": ask for file name if there isn't one */ 3448 if (buf->b_ffname == NULL && cmdmod.browse) 3449 browse_save_fname(buf); 3450 #endif 3451 if (buf->b_ffname == NULL) 3452 { 3453 EMSGN(_("E141: No file name for buffer %ld"), (long)buf->b_fnum); 3454 ++error; 3455 } 3456 else if (check_readonly(&eap->forceit, buf) 3457 || check_overwrite(eap, buf, buf->b_fname, buf->b_ffname, 3458 FALSE) == FAIL) 3459 { 3460 ++error; 3461 } 3462 else 3463 { 3464 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3465 bufref_T bufref; 3466 3467 set_bufref(&bufref, buf); 3468 #endif 3469 if (buf_write_all(buf, eap->forceit) == FAIL) 3470 ++error; 3471 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3472 /* an autocommand may have deleted the buffer */ 3473 if (!bufref_valid(&bufref)) 3474 buf = firstbuf; 3475 #endif 3476 } 3477 eap->forceit = save_forceit; /* check_overwrite() may set it */ 3478 } 3479 } 3480 if (exiting) 3481 { 3482 if (!error) 3483 getout(0); /* exit Vim */ 3484 not_exiting(); 3485 } 3486 } 3487 3488 /* 3489 * Check the 'write' option. 3490 * Return TRUE and give a message when it's not st. 3491 */ 3492 int 3493 not_writing(void) 3494 { 3495 if (p_write) 3496 return FALSE; 3497 EMSG(_("E142: File not written: Writing is disabled by 'write' option")); 3498 return TRUE; 3499 } 3500 3501 /* 3502 * Check if a buffer is read-only (either 'readonly' option is set or file is 3503 * read-only). Ask for overruling in a dialog. Return TRUE and give an error 3504 * message when the buffer is readonly. 3505 */ 3506 static int 3507 check_readonly(int *forceit, buf_T *buf) 3508 { 3509 stat_T st; 3510 3511 /* Handle a file being readonly when the 'readonly' option is set or when 3512 * the file exists and permissions are read-only. 3513 * We will send 0777 to check_file_readonly(), as the "perm" variable is 3514 * important for device checks but not here. */ 3515 if (!*forceit && (buf->b_p_ro 3516 || (mch_stat((char *)buf->b_ffname, &st) >= 0 3517 && check_file_readonly(buf->b_ffname, 0777)))) 3518 { 3519 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3520 if ((p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) && buf->b_fname != NULL) 3521 { 3522 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; 3523 3524 if (buf->b_p_ro) 3525 dialog_msg(buff, _("'readonly' option is set for \"%s\".\nDo you wish to write anyway?"), 3526 buf->b_fname); 3527 else 3528 dialog_msg(buff, _("File permissions of \"%s\" are read-only.\nIt may still be possible to write it.\nDo you wish to try?"), 3529 buf->b_fname); 3530 3531 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) == VIM_YES) 3532 { 3533 /* Set forceit, to force the writing of a readonly file */ 3534 *forceit = TRUE; 3535 return FALSE; 3536 } 3537 else 3538 return TRUE; 3539 } 3540 else 3541 #endif 3542 if (buf->b_p_ro) 3543 EMSG(_(e_readonly)); 3544 else 3545 EMSG2(_("E505: \"%s\" is read-only (add ! to override)"), 3546 buf->b_fname); 3547 return TRUE; 3548 } 3549 3550 return FALSE; 3551 } 3552 3553 /* 3554 * Try to abandon current file and edit a new or existing file. 3555 * "fnum" is the number of the file, if zero use ffname/sfname. 3556 * "lnum" is the line number for the cursor in the new file (if non-zero). 3557 * 3558 * Return: 3559 * GETFILE_ERROR for "normal" error, 3560 * GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN for "not written" error, 3561 * GETFILE_SAME_FILE for success 3562 * GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER for successfully opening another file. 3563 */ 3564 int 3565 getfile( 3566 int fnum, 3567 char_u *ffname, 3568 char_u *sfname, 3569 int setpm, 3570 linenr_T lnum, 3571 int forceit) 3572 { 3573 int other; 3574 int retval; 3575 char_u *free_me = NULL; 3576 3577 if (text_locked()) 3578 return GETFILE_ERROR; 3579 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3580 if (curbuf_locked()) 3581 return GETFILE_ERROR; 3582 #endif 3583 3584 if (fnum == 0) 3585 { 3586 /* make ffname full path, set sfname */ 3587 fname_expand(curbuf, &ffname, &sfname); 3588 other = otherfile(ffname); 3589 free_me = ffname; /* has been allocated, free() later */ 3590 } 3591 else 3592 other = (fnum != curbuf->b_fnum); 3593 3594 if (other) 3595 ++no_wait_return; /* don't wait for autowrite message */ 3596 if (other && !forceit && curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 && !buf_hide(curbuf) 3597 && curbufIsChanged() && autowrite(curbuf, forceit) == FAIL) 3598 { 3599 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3600 if (p_confirm && p_write) 3601 dialog_changed(curbuf, FALSE); 3602 if (curbufIsChanged()) 3603 #endif 3604 { 3605 if (other) 3606 --no_wait_return; 3607 no_write_message(); 3608 retval = GETFILE_NOT_WRITTEN; /* file has been changed */ 3609 goto theend; 3610 } 3611 } 3612 if (other) 3613 --no_wait_return; 3614 if (setpm) 3615 setpcmark(); 3616 if (!other) 3617 { 3618 if (lnum != 0) 3619 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3620 check_cursor_lnum(); 3621 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); 3622 retval = GETFILE_SAME_FILE; /* it's in the same file */ 3623 } 3624 else if (do_ecmd(fnum, ffname, sfname, NULL, lnum, 3625 (buf_hide(curbuf) ? ECMD_HIDE : 0) + (forceit ? ECMD_FORCEIT : 0), 3626 curwin) == OK) 3627 retval = GETFILE_OPEN_OTHER; /* opened another file */ 3628 else 3629 retval = GETFILE_ERROR; /* error encountered */ 3630 3631 theend: 3632 vim_free(free_me); 3633 return retval; 3634 } 3635 3636 /* 3637 * start editing a new file 3638 * 3639 * fnum: file number; if zero use ffname/sfname 3640 * ffname: the file name 3641 * - full path if sfname used, 3642 * - any file name if sfname is NULL 3643 * - empty string to re-edit with the same file name (but may be 3644 * in a different directory) 3645 * - NULL to start an empty buffer 3646 * sfname: the short file name (or NULL) 3647 * eap: contains the command to be executed after loading the file and 3648 * forced 'ff' and 'fenc' 3649 * newlnum: if > 0: put cursor on this line number (if possible) 3650 * if ECMD_LASTL: use last position in loaded file 3651 * if ECMD_LAST: use last position in all files 3652 * if ECMD_ONE: use first line 3653 * flags: 3654 * ECMD_HIDE: if TRUE don't free the current buffer 3655 * ECMD_SET_HELP: set b_help flag of (new) buffer before opening file 3656 * ECMD_OLDBUF: use existing buffer if it exists 3657 * ECMD_FORCEIT: ! used for Ex command 3658 * ECMD_ADDBUF: don't edit, just add to buffer list 3659 * oldwin: Should be "curwin" when editing a new buffer in the current 3660 * window, NULL when splitting the window first. When not NULL info 3661 * of the previous buffer for "oldwin" is stored. 3662 * 3663 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise 3664 */ 3665 int 3666 do_ecmd( 3667 int fnum, 3668 char_u *ffname, 3669 char_u *sfname, 3670 exarg_T *eap, /* can be NULL! */ 3671 linenr_T newlnum, 3672 int flags, 3673 win_T *oldwin) 3674 { 3675 int other_file; /* TRUE if editing another file */ 3676 int oldbuf; /* TRUE if using existing buffer */ 3677 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3678 int auto_buf = FALSE; /* TRUE if autocommands brought us 3679 into the buffer unexpectedly */ 3680 char_u *new_name = NULL; 3681 int did_set_swapcommand = FALSE; 3682 #endif 3683 buf_T *buf; 3684 bufref_T bufref; 3685 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3686 bufref_T old_curbuf; 3687 #endif 3688 char_u *free_fname = NULL; 3689 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3690 char_u *browse_file = NULL; 3691 #endif 3692 int retval = FAIL; 3693 long n; 3694 pos_T orig_pos; 3695 linenr_T topline = 0; 3696 int newcol = -1; 3697 int solcol = -1; 3698 pos_T *pos; 3699 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP 3700 char_u *cp; 3701 #endif 3702 char_u *command = NULL; 3703 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3704 int did_get_winopts = FALSE; 3705 #endif 3706 int readfile_flags = 0; 3707 int did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE; 3708 3709 if (eap != NULL) 3710 command = eap->do_ecmd_cmd; 3711 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) 3712 set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf); 3713 #endif 3714 3715 if (fnum != 0) 3716 { 3717 if (fnum == curbuf->b_fnum) /* file is already being edited */ 3718 return OK; /* nothing to do */ 3719 other_file = TRUE; 3720 } 3721 else 3722 { 3723 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 3724 if (cmdmod.browse) 3725 { 3726 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3727 if ( 3728 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 3729 !gui.in_use && 3730 # endif 3731 au_has_group((char_u *)"FileExplorer")) 3732 { 3733 /* No browsing supported but we do have the file explorer: 3734 * Edit the directory. */ 3735 if (ffname == NULL || !mch_isdir(ffname)) 3736 ffname = (char_u *)"."; 3737 } 3738 else 3739 # endif 3740 { 3741 browse_file = do_browse(0, (char_u *)_("Edit File"), ffname, 3742 NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf); 3743 if (browse_file == NULL) 3744 goto theend; 3745 ffname = browse_file; 3746 } 3747 } 3748 #endif 3749 /* if no short name given, use ffname for short name */ 3750 if (sfname == NULL) 3751 sfname = ffname; 3752 #ifdef USE_FNAME_CASE 3753 # ifdef USE_LONG_FNAME 3754 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) 3755 # endif 3756 if (sfname != NULL) 3757 fname_case(sfname, 0); /* set correct case for sfname */ 3758 #endif 3759 3760 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS 3761 if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) && (ffname == NULL || *ffname == NUL)) 3762 goto theend; 3763 #endif 3764 3765 if (ffname == NULL) 3766 other_file = TRUE; 3767 /* there is no file name */ 3768 else if (*ffname == NUL && curbuf->b_ffname == NULL) 3769 other_file = FALSE; 3770 else 3771 { 3772 if (*ffname == NUL) /* re-edit with same file name */ 3773 { 3774 ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; 3775 sfname = curbuf->b_fname; 3776 } 3777 free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); /* may expand to full path name */ 3778 if (free_fname != NULL) 3779 ffname = free_fname; 3780 other_file = otherfile(ffname); 3781 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP 3782 if (usingSunWorkShop && p_acd 3783 && (cp = vim_strrchr(sfname, '/')) != NULL) 3784 sfname = ++cp; 3785 #endif 3786 } 3787 } 3788 3789 /* 3790 * if the file was changed we may not be allowed to abandon it 3791 * - if we are going to re-edit the same file 3792 * - or if we are the only window on this file and if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE 3793 */ 3794 if ( ((!other_file && !(flags & ECMD_OLDBUF)) 3795 || (curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 3796 && !(flags & (ECMD_HIDE | ECMD_ADDBUF)))) 3797 && check_changed(curbuf, (p_awa ? CCGD_AW : 0) 3798 | (other_file ? 0 : CCGD_MULTWIN) 3799 | ((flags & ECMD_FORCEIT) ? CCGD_FORCEIT : 0) 3800 | (eap == NULL ? 0 : CCGD_EXCMD))) 3801 { 3802 if (fnum == 0 && other_file && ffname != NULL) 3803 (void)setaltfname(ffname, sfname, newlnum < 0 ? 0 : newlnum); 3804 goto theend; 3805 } 3806 3807 /* 3808 * End Visual mode before switching to another buffer, so the text can be 3809 * copied into the GUI selection buffer. 3810 */ 3811 reset_VIsual(); 3812 3813 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3814 if ((command != NULL || newlnum > (linenr_T)0) 3815 && *get_vim_var_str(VV_SWAPCOMMAND) == NUL) 3816 { 3817 int len; 3818 char_u *p; 3819 3820 /* Set v:swapcommand for the SwapExists autocommands. */ 3821 if (command != NULL) 3822 len = (int)STRLEN(command) + 3; 3823 else 3824 len = 30; 3825 p = alloc((unsigned)len); 3826 if (p != NULL) 3827 { 3828 if (command != NULL) 3829 vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, ":%s\r", command); 3830 else 3831 vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, "%ldG", (long)newlnum); 3832 set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, p, -1); 3833 did_set_swapcommand = TRUE; 3834 vim_free(p); 3835 } 3836 } 3837 #endif 3838 3839 /* 3840 * If we are starting to edit another file, open a (new) buffer. 3841 * Otherwise we re-use the current buffer. 3842 */ 3843 if (other_file) 3844 { 3845 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS 3846 if (!(flags & ECMD_ADDBUF)) 3847 #endif 3848 { 3849 if (!cmdmod.keepalt) 3850 curwin->w_alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; 3851 if (oldwin != NULL) 3852 buflist_altfpos(oldwin); 3853 } 3854 3855 if (fnum) 3856 buf = buflist_findnr(fnum); 3857 else 3858 { 3859 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS 3860 if (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) 3861 { 3862 linenr_T tlnum = 1L; 3863 3864 if (command != NULL) 3865 { 3866 tlnum = atol((char *)command); 3867 if (tlnum <= 0) 3868 tlnum = 1L; 3869 } 3870 (void)buflist_new(ffname, sfname, tlnum, BLN_LISTED); 3871 goto theend; 3872 } 3873 #endif 3874 buf = buflist_new(ffname, sfname, 0L, 3875 BLN_CURBUF | ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) ? 0 : BLN_LISTED)); 3876 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3877 /* autocommands may change curwin and curbuf */ 3878 if (oldwin != NULL) 3879 oldwin = curwin; 3880 set_bufref(&old_curbuf, curbuf); 3881 #endif 3882 } 3883 if (buf == NULL) 3884 goto theend; 3885 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) /* no memfile yet */ 3886 { 3887 oldbuf = FALSE; 3888 } 3889 else /* existing memfile */ 3890 { 3891 oldbuf = TRUE; 3892 set_bufref(&bufref, buf); 3893 (void)buf_check_timestamp(buf, FALSE); 3894 /* Check if autocommands made the buffer invalid or changed the 3895 * current buffer. */ 3896 if (!bufref_valid(&bufref) 3897 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3898 || curbuf != old_curbuf.br_buf 3899 #endif 3900 ) 3901 goto theend; 3902 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3903 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 3904 goto theend; 3905 #endif 3906 } 3907 3908 /* May jump to last used line number for a loaded buffer or when asked 3909 * for explicitly */ 3910 if ((oldbuf && newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) || newlnum == ECMD_LAST) 3911 { 3912 pos = buflist_findfpos(buf); 3913 newlnum = pos->lnum; 3914 solcol = pos->col; 3915 } 3916 3917 /* 3918 * Make the (new) buffer the one used by the current window. 3919 * If the old buffer becomes unused, free it if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE. 3920 * If the current buffer was empty and has no file name, curbuf 3921 * is returned by buflist_new(), nothing to do here. 3922 */ 3923 if (buf != curbuf) 3924 { 3925 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3926 /* 3927 * Be careful: The autocommands may delete any buffer and change 3928 * the current buffer. 3929 * - If the buffer we are going to edit is deleted, give up. 3930 * - If the current buffer is deleted, prefer to load the new 3931 * buffer when loading a buffer is required. This avoids 3932 * loading another buffer which then must be closed again. 3933 * - If we ended up in the new buffer already, need to skip a few 3934 * things, set auto_buf. 3935 */ 3936 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) 3937 new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname); 3938 set_bufref(&au_new_curbuf, buf); 3939 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 3940 if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf)) 3941 { 3942 /* new buffer has been deleted */ 3943 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ 3944 goto theend; 3945 } 3946 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3947 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 3948 { 3949 vim_free(new_name); 3950 goto theend; 3951 } 3952 # endif 3953 if (buf == curbuf) /* already in new buffer */ 3954 auto_buf = TRUE; 3955 else 3956 { 3957 win_T *the_curwin = curwin; 3958 3959 /* Set the w_closing flag to avoid that autocommands close the 3960 * window. And set b_locked for the same reason. */ 3961 the_curwin->w_closing = TRUE; 3962 ++buf->b_locked; 3963 3964 if (curbuf == old_curbuf.br_buf) 3965 #endif 3966 buf_copy_options(buf, BCO_ENTER); 3967 3968 /* Close the link to the current buffer. This will set 3969 * oldwin->w_buffer to NULL. */ 3970 u_sync(FALSE); 3971 close_buffer(oldwin, curbuf, 3972 (flags & ECMD_HIDE) ? 0 : DOBUF_UNLOAD, FALSE); 3973 3974 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 3975 the_curwin->w_closing = FALSE; 3976 --buf->b_locked; 3977 3978 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 3979 /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 3980 if (aborting() && curwin->w_buffer != NULL) 3981 { 3982 vim_free(new_name); 3983 goto theend; 3984 } 3985 # endif 3986 /* Be careful again, like above. */ 3987 if (!bufref_valid(&au_new_curbuf)) 3988 { 3989 /* new buffer has been deleted */ 3990 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ 3991 goto theend; 3992 } 3993 if (buf == curbuf) /* already in new buffer */ 3994 auto_buf = TRUE; 3995 else 3996 #endif 3997 { 3998 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3999 /* 4000 * <VN> We could instead free the synblock 4001 * and re-attach to buffer, perhaps. 4002 */ 4003 if (curwin->w_buffer == NULL 4004 || curwin->w_s == &(curwin->w_buffer->b_s)) 4005 curwin->w_s = &(buf->b_s); 4006 #endif 4007 curwin->w_buffer = buf; 4008 curbuf = buf; 4009 ++curbuf->b_nwindows; 4010 4011 /* Set 'fileformat', 'binary' and 'fenc' when forced. */ 4012 if (!oldbuf && eap != NULL) 4013 { 4014 set_file_options(TRUE, eap); 4015 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4016 set_forced_fenc(eap); 4017 #endif 4018 } 4019 } 4020 4021 /* May get the window options from the last time this buffer 4022 * was in this window (or another window). If not used 4023 * before, reset the local window options to the global 4024 * values. Also restores old folding stuff. */ 4025 get_winopts(curbuf); 4026 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4027 did_get_winopts = TRUE; 4028 #endif 4029 4030 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4031 } 4032 vim_free(new_name); 4033 au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL; 4034 au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0; 4035 #endif 4036 } 4037 4038 curwin->w_pcmark.lnum = 1; 4039 curwin->w_pcmark.col = 0; 4040 } 4041 else /* !other_file */ 4042 { 4043 if ( 4044 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS 4045 (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) || 4046 #endif 4047 check_fname() == FAIL) 4048 goto theend; 4049 4050 oldbuf = (flags & ECMD_OLDBUF); 4051 } 4052 4053 /* Don't redraw until the cursor is in the right line, otherwise 4054 * autocommands may cause ml_get errors. */ 4055 ++RedrawingDisabled; 4056 did_inc_redrawing_disabled = TRUE; 4057 4058 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4059 buf = curbuf; 4060 #endif 4061 if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) || keep_help_flag) 4062 { 4063 prepare_help_buffer(); 4064 } 4065 else 4066 { 4067 /* Don't make a buffer listed if it's a help buffer. Useful when 4068 * using CTRL-O to go back to a help file. */ 4069 if (!curbuf->b_help) 4070 set_buflisted(TRUE); 4071 } 4072 4073 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4074 /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about 4075 * editing the file. */ 4076 if (buf != curbuf) 4077 goto theend; 4078 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4079 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 4080 goto theend; 4081 # endif 4082 4083 /* Since we are starting to edit a file, consider the filetype to be 4084 * unset. Helps for when an autocommand changes files and expects syntax 4085 * highlighting to work in the other file. */ 4086 did_filetype = FALSE; 4087 #endif 4088 4089 /* 4090 * other_file oldbuf 4091 * FALSE FALSE re-edit same file, buffer is re-used 4092 * FALSE TRUE re-edit same file, nothing changes 4093 * TRUE FALSE start editing new file, new buffer 4094 * TRUE TRUE start editing in existing buffer (nothing to do) 4095 */ 4096 if (!other_file && !oldbuf) /* re-use the buffer */ 4097 { 4098 set_last_cursor(curwin); /* may set b_last_cursor */ 4099 if (newlnum == ECMD_LAST || newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) 4100 { 4101 newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 4102 solcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 4103 } 4104 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4105 buf = curbuf; 4106 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) 4107 new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname); 4108 else 4109 new_name = NULL; 4110 set_bufref(&bufref, buf); 4111 #endif 4112 if (p_ur < 0 || curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count <= p_ur) 4113 { 4114 /* Save all the text, so that the reload can be undone. 4115 * Sync first so that this is a separate undo-able action. */ 4116 u_sync(FALSE); 4117 if (u_savecommon(0, curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1, 0, TRUE) 4118 == FAIL) 4119 { 4120 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4121 vim_free(new_name); 4122 #endif 4123 goto theend; 4124 } 4125 u_unchanged(curbuf); 4126 buf_freeall(curbuf, BFA_KEEP_UNDO); 4127 4128 /* tell readfile() not to clear or reload undo info */ 4129 readfile_flags = READ_KEEP_UNDO; 4130 } 4131 else 4132 buf_freeall(curbuf, 0); /* free all things for buffer */ 4133 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4134 /* If autocommands deleted the buffer we were going to re-edit, give 4135 * up and jump to the end. */ 4136 if (!bufref_valid(&bufref)) 4137 { 4138 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ 4139 goto theend; 4140 } 4141 vim_free(new_name); 4142 4143 /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about 4144 * re-editing the file. Should do the buf_clear_file(), but perhaps 4145 * the autocommands changed the buffer... */ 4146 if (buf != curbuf) 4147 goto theend; 4148 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4149 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ 4150 goto theend; 4151 # endif 4152 #endif 4153 buf_clear_file(curbuf); 4154 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = 0; /* clear '[ and '] marks */ 4155 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = 0; 4156 } 4157 4158 /* 4159 * If we get here we are sure to start editing 4160 */ 4161 /* Assume success now */ 4162 retval = OK; 4163 4164 /* 4165 * Check if we are editing the w_arg_idx file in the argument list. 4166 */ 4167 check_arg_idx(curwin); 4168 4169 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4170 if (!auto_buf) 4171 #endif 4172 { 4173 /* 4174 * Set cursor and init window before reading the file and executing 4175 * autocommands. This allows for the autocommands to position the 4176 * cursor. 4177 */ 4178 curwin_init(); 4179 4180 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4181 /* It's possible that all lines in the buffer changed. Need to update 4182 * automatic folding for all windows where it's used. */ 4183 { 4184 win_T *win; 4185 tabpage_T *tp; 4186 4187 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) 4188 if (win->w_buffer == curbuf) 4189 foldUpdateAll(win); 4190 } 4191 #endif 4192 4193 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ 4194 DO_AUTOCHDIR 4195 4196 /* 4197 * Careful: open_buffer() and apply_autocmds() may change the current 4198 * buffer and window. 4199 */ 4200 orig_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 4201 topline = curwin->w_topline; 4202 if (!oldbuf) /* need to read the file */ 4203 { 4204 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION) 4205 swap_exists_action = SEA_DIALOG; 4206 #endif 4207 curbuf->b_flags |= BF_CHECK_RO; /* set/reset 'ro' flag */ 4208 4209 /* 4210 * Open the buffer and read the file. 4211 */ 4212 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) 4213 if (should_abort(open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags))) 4214 retval = FAIL; 4215 #else 4216 (void)open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags); 4217 #endif 4218 4219 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION) 4220 if (swap_exists_action == SEA_QUIT) 4221 retval = FAIL; 4222 handle_swap_exists(&old_curbuf); 4223 #endif 4224 } 4225 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4226 else 4227 { 4228 /* Read the modelines, but only to set window-local options. Any 4229 * buffer-local options have already been set and may have been 4230 * changed by the user. */ 4231 do_modelines(OPT_WINONLY); 4232 4233 apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf, 4234 &retval); 4235 apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFWINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf, 4236 &retval); 4237 } 4238 check_arg_idx(curwin); 4239 #endif 4240 4241 /* If autocommands change the cursor position or topline, we should 4242 * keep it. Also when it moves within a line. */ 4243 if (!EQUAL_POS(curwin->w_cursor, orig_pos)) 4244 { 4245 newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 4246 newcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 4247 } 4248 if (curwin->w_topline == topline) 4249 topline = 0; 4250 4251 /* Even when cursor didn't move we need to recompute topline. */ 4252 changed_line_abv_curs(); 4253 4254 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 4255 maketitle(); 4256 #endif 4257 } 4258 4259 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4260 /* Tell the diff stuff that this buffer is new and/or needs updating. 4261 * Also needed when re-editing the same buffer, because unloading will 4262 * have removed it as a diff buffer. */ 4263 if (curwin->w_p_diff) 4264 { 4265 diff_buf_add(curbuf); 4266 diff_invalidate(curbuf); 4267 } 4268 #endif 4269 4270 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4271 /* If the window options were changed may need to set the spell language. 4272 * Can only do this after the buffer has been properly setup. */ 4273 if (did_get_winopts && curwin->w_p_spell && *curwin->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL) 4274 (void)did_set_spelllang(curwin); 4275 #endif 4276 4277 if (command == NULL) 4278 { 4279 if (newcol >= 0) /* position set by autocommands */ 4280 { 4281 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum; 4282 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; 4283 check_cursor(); 4284 } 4285 else if (newlnum > 0) /* line number from caller or old position */ 4286 { 4287 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum; 4288 check_cursor_lnum(); 4289 if (solcol >= 0 && !p_sol) 4290 { 4291 /* 'sol' is off: Use last known column. */ 4292 curwin->w_cursor.col = solcol; 4293 check_cursor_col(); 4294 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4295 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 4296 #endif 4297 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 4298 } 4299 else 4300 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); 4301 } 4302 else /* no line number, go to last line in Ex mode */ 4303 { 4304 if (exmode_active) 4305 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4306 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 4307 } 4308 } 4309 4310 /* Check if cursors in other windows on the same buffer are still valid */ 4311 check_lnums(FALSE); 4312 4313 /* 4314 * Did not read the file, need to show some info about the file. 4315 * Do this after setting the cursor. 4316 */ 4317 if (oldbuf 4318 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4319 && !auto_buf 4320 #endif 4321 ) 4322 { 4323 int msg_scroll_save = msg_scroll; 4324 4325 /* Obey the 'O' flag in 'cpoptions': overwrite any previous file 4326 * message. */ 4327 if (shortmess(SHM_OVERALL) && !exiting && p_verbose == 0) 4328 msg_scroll = FALSE; 4329 if (!msg_scroll) /* wait a bit when overwriting an error msg */ 4330 check_for_delay(FALSE); 4331 msg_start(); 4332 msg_scroll = msg_scroll_save; 4333 msg_scrolled_ign = TRUE; 4334 4335 if (!shortmess(SHM_FILEINFO)) 4336 fileinfo(FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 4337 4338 msg_scrolled_ign = FALSE; 4339 } 4340 4341 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO 4342 curbuf->b_last_used = vim_time(); 4343 #endif 4344 4345 if (command != NULL) 4346 do_cmdline(command, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_VERBOSE); 4347 4348 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 4349 if (curbuf->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_INIT) 4350 (void)keymap_init(); 4351 #endif 4352 4353 --RedrawingDisabled; 4354 did_inc_redrawing_disabled = FALSE; 4355 if (!skip_redraw) 4356 { 4357 n = p_so; 4358 if (topline == 0 && command == NULL) 4359 p_so = 999; /* force cursor halfway the window */ 4360 update_topline(); 4361 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND 4362 curwin->w_scbind_pos = curwin->w_topline; 4363 #endif 4364 p_so = n; 4365 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); /* redraw this buffer later */ 4366 } 4367 4368 if (p_im) 4369 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; 4370 4371 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ 4372 DO_AUTOCHDIR 4373 4374 #if defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) 4375 if (curbuf->b_ffname != NULL) 4376 { 4377 # ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP 4378 if (gui.in_use && usingSunWorkShop) 4379 workshop_file_opened((char *)curbuf->b_ffname, curbuf->b_p_ro); 4380 # endif 4381 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 4382 if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) != ECMD_SET_HELP) 4383 netbeans_file_opened(curbuf); 4384 # endif 4385 } 4386 #endif 4387 4388 theend: 4389 if (did_inc_redrawing_disabled) 4390 --RedrawingDisabled; 4391 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4392 if (did_set_swapcommand) 4393 set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, NULL, -1); 4394 #endif 4395 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE 4396 vim_free(browse_file); 4397 #endif 4398 vim_free(free_fname); 4399 return retval; 4400 } 4401 4402 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 4403 static void 4404 delbuf_msg(char_u *name) 4405 { 4406 EMSG2(_("E143: Autocommands unexpectedly deleted new buffer %s"), 4407 name == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : name); 4408 vim_free(name); 4409 au_new_curbuf.br_buf = NULL; 4410 au_new_curbuf.br_buf_free_count = 0; 4411 } 4412 #endif 4413 4414 static int append_indent = 0; /* autoindent for first line */ 4415 4416 /* 4417 * ":insert" and ":append", also used by ":change" 4418 */ 4419 void 4420 ex_append(exarg_T *eap) 4421 { 4422 char_u *theline; 4423 int did_undo = FALSE; 4424 linenr_T lnum = eap->line2; 4425 int indent = 0; 4426 char_u *p; 4427 int vcol; 4428 int empty = (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY); 4429 4430 /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */ 4431 if (eap->forceit) 4432 curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai; 4433 4434 /* First autoindent comes from the line we start on */ 4435 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_change && curbuf->b_p_ai && lnum > 0) 4436 append_indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum); 4437 4438 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append) 4439 --lnum; 4440 4441 /* when the buffer is empty need to delete the dummy line */ 4442 if (empty && lnum == 1) 4443 lnum = 0; 4444 4445 State = INSERT; /* behave like in Insert mode */ 4446 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) 4447 State |= LANGMAP; 4448 4449 for (;;) 4450 { 4451 msg_scroll = TRUE; 4452 need_wait_return = FALSE; 4453 if (curbuf->b_p_ai) 4454 { 4455 if (append_indent >= 0) 4456 { 4457 indent = append_indent; 4458 append_indent = -1; 4459 } 4460 else if (lnum > 0) 4461 indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum); 4462 } 4463 ex_keep_indent = FALSE; 4464 if (eap->getline == NULL) 4465 { 4466 /* No getline() function, use the lines that follow. This ends 4467 * when there is no more. */ 4468 if (eap->nextcmd == NULL || *eap->nextcmd == NUL) 4469 break; 4470 p = vim_strchr(eap->nextcmd, NL); 4471 if (p == NULL) 4472 p = eap->nextcmd + STRLEN(eap->nextcmd); 4473 theline = vim_strnsave(eap->nextcmd, (int)(p - eap->nextcmd)); 4474 if (*p != NUL) 4475 ++p; 4476 eap->nextcmd = p; 4477 } 4478 else 4479 { 4480 int save_State = State; 4481 4482 /* Set State to avoid the cursor shape to be set to INSERT mode 4483 * when getline() returns. */ 4484 State = CMDLINE; 4485 theline = eap->getline( 4486 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4487 eap->cstack->cs_looplevel > 0 ? -1 : 4488 #endif 4489 NUL, eap->cookie, indent); 4490 State = save_State; 4491 } 4492 lines_left = Rows - 1; 4493 if (theline == NULL) 4494 break; 4495 4496 /* Using ^ CTRL-D in getexmodeline() makes us repeat the indent. */ 4497 if (ex_keep_indent) 4498 append_indent = indent; 4499 4500 /* Look for the "." after automatic indent. */ 4501 vcol = 0; 4502 for (p = theline; indent > vcol; ++p) 4503 { 4504 if (*p == ' ') 4505 ++vcol; 4506 else if (*p == TAB) 4507 vcol += 8 - vcol % 8; 4508 else 4509 break; 4510 } 4511 if ((p[0] == '.' && p[1] == NUL) 4512 || (!did_undo && u_save(lnum, lnum + 1 + (empty ? 1 : 0)) 4513 == FAIL)) 4514 { 4515 vim_free(theline); 4516 break; 4517 } 4518 4519 /* don't use autoindent if nothing was typed. */ 4520 if (p[0] == NUL) 4521 theline[0] = NUL; 4522 4523 did_undo = TRUE; 4524 ml_append(lnum, theline, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 4525 appended_lines_mark(lnum + (empty ? 1 : 0), 1L); 4526 4527 vim_free(theline); 4528 ++lnum; 4529 4530 if (empty) 4531 { 4532 ml_delete(2L, FALSE); 4533 empty = FALSE; 4534 } 4535 } 4536 State = NORMAL; 4537 4538 if (eap->forceit) 4539 curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai; 4540 4541 /* "start" is set to eap->line2+1 unless that position is invalid (when 4542 * eap->line2 pointed to the end of the buffer and nothing was appended) 4543 * "end" is set to lnum when something has been appended, otherwise 4544 * it is the same than "start" -- Acevedo */ 4545 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) ? 4546 eap->line2 + 1 : curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4547 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append) 4548 --curbuf->b_op_start.lnum; 4549 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = (eap->line2 < lnum) 4550 ? lnum : curbuf->b_op_start.lnum; 4551 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 4552 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 4553 check_cursor_lnum(); 4554 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); 4555 4556 need_wait_return = FALSE; /* don't use wait_return() now */ 4557 ex_no_reprint = TRUE; 4558 } 4559 4560 /* 4561 * ":change" 4562 */ 4563 void 4564 ex_change(exarg_T *eap) 4565 { 4566 linenr_T lnum; 4567 4568 if (eap->line2 >= eap->line1 4569 && u_save(eap->line1 - 1, eap->line2 + 1) == FAIL) 4570 return; 4571 4572 /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */ 4573 if (eap->forceit ? !curbuf->b_p_ai : curbuf->b_p_ai) 4574 append_indent = get_indent_lnum(eap->line1); 4575 4576 for (lnum = eap->line2; lnum >= eap->line1; --lnum) 4577 { 4578 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ 4579 break; 4580 ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE); 4581 } 4582 4583 /* make sure the cursor is not beyond the end of the file now */ 4584 check_cursor_lnum(); 4585 deleted_lines_mark(eap->line1, (long)(eap->line2 - lnum)); 4586 4587 /* ":append" on the line above the deleted lines. */ 4588 eap->line2 = eap->line1; 4589 ex_append(eap); 4590 } 4591 4592 void 4593 ex_z(exarg_T *eap) 4594 { 4595 char_u *x; 4596 long bigness; 4597 char_u *kind; 4598 int minus = 0; 4599 linenr_T start, end, curs, i; 4600 int j; 4601 linenr_T lnum = eap->line2; 4602 4603 /* Vi compatible: ":z!" uses display height, without a count uses 4604 * 'scroll' */ 4605 if (eap->forceit) 4606 bigness = curwin->w_height; 4607 else if (!ONE_WINDOW) 4608 bigness = curwin->w_height - 3; 4609 else 4610 bigness = curwin->w_p_scr * 2; 4611 if (bigness < 1) 4612 bigness = 1; 4613 4614 x = eap->arg; 4615 kind = x; 4616 if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+' || *kind == '=' 4617 || *kind == '^' || *kind == '.') 4618 ++x; 4619 while (*x == '-' || *x == '+') 4620 ++x; 4621 4622 if (*x != 0) 4623 { 4624 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*x)) 4625 { 4626 EMSG(_("E144: non-numeric argument to :z")); 4627 return; 4628 } 4629 else 4630 { 4631 bigness = atol((char *)x); 4632 4633 /* bigness could be < 0 if atol(x) overflows. */ 4634 if (bigness > 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count || bigness < 0) 4635 bigness = 2 * curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4636 4637 p_window = bigness; 4638 if (*kind == '=') 4639 bigness += 2; 4640 } 4641 } 4642 4643 /* the number of '-' and '+' multiplies the distance */ 4644 if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+') 4645 for (x = kind + 1; *x == *kind; ++x) 4646 ; 4647 4648 switch (*kind) 4649 { 4650 case '-': 4651 start = lnum - bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind) + 1; 4652 end = start + bigness - 1; 4653 curs = end; 4654 break; 4655 4656 case '=': 4657 start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1; 4658 end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1; 4659 curs = lnum; 4660 minus = 1; 4661 break; 4662 4663 case '^': 4664 start = lnum - bigness * 2; 4665 end = lnum - bigness; 4666 curs = lnum - bigness; 4667 break; 4668 4669 case '.': 4670 start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1; 4671 end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1; 4672 curs = end; 4673 break; 4674 4675 default: /* '+' */ 4676 start = lnum; 4677 if (*kind == '+') 4678 start += bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind - 1) + 1; 4679 else if (eap->addr_count == 0) 4680 ++start; 4681 end = start + bigness - 1; 4682 curs = end; 4683 break; 4684 } 4685 4686 if (start < 1) 4687 start = 1; 4688 4689 if (end > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4690 end = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4691 4692 if (curs > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4693 curs = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4694 else if (curs < 1) 4695 curs = 1; 4696 4697 for (i = start; i <= end; i++) 4698 { 4699 if (minus && i == lnum) 4700 { 4701 msg_putchar('\n'); 4702 4703 for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++) 4704 msg_putchar('-'); 4705 } 4706 4707 print_line(i, eap->flags & EXFLAG_NR, eap->flags & EXFLAG_LIST); 4708 4709 if (minus && i == lnum) 4710 { 4711 msg_putchar('\n'); 4712 4713 for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++) 4714 msg_putchar('-'); 4715 } 4716 } 4717 4718 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curs) 4719 { 4720 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curs; 4721 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 4722 } 4723 ex_no_reprint = TRUE; 4724 } 4725 4726 /* 4727 * Check if the restricted flag is set. 4728 * If so, give an error message and return TRUE. 4729 * Otherwise, return FALSE. 4730 */ 4731 int 4732 check_restricted(void) 4733 { 4734 if (restricted) 4735 { 4736 EMSG(_("E145: Shell commands not allowed in rvim")); 4737 return TRUE; 4738 } 4739 return FALSE; 4740 } 4741 4742 /* 4743 * Check if the secure flag is set (.exrc or .vimrc in current directory). 4744 * If so, give an error message and return TRUE. 4745 * Otherwise, return FALSE. 4746 */ 4747 int 4748 check_secure(void) 4749 { 4750 if (secure) 4751 { 4752 secure = 2; 4753 EMSG(_(e_curdir)); 4754 return TRUE; 4755 } 4756 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX 4757 /* 4758 * In the sandbox more things are not allowed, including the things 4759 * disallowed in secure mode. 4760 */ 4761 if (sandbox != 0) 4762 { 4763 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); 4764 return TRUE; 4765 } 4766 #endif 4767 return FALSE; 4768 } 4769 4770 static char_u *old_sub = NULL; /* previous substitute pattern */ 4771 static int global_need_beginline; /* call beginline() after ":g" */ 4772 4773 /* 4774 * Flags that are kept between calls to :substitute. 4775 */ 4776 typedef struct { 4777 int do_all; /* do multiple substitutions per line */ 4778 int do_ask; /* ask for confirmation */ 4779 int do_count; /* count only */ 4780 int do_error; /* if false, ignore errors */ 4781 int do_print; /* print last line with subs. */ 4782 int do_list; /* list last line with subs. */ 4783 int do_number; /* list last line with line nr*/ 4784 int do_ic; /* ignore case flag */ 4785 } subflags_T; 4786 4787 /* do_sub() 4788 * 4789 * Perform a substitution from line eap->line1 to line eap->line2 using the 4790 * command pointed to by eap->arg which should be of the form: 4791 * 4792 * /pattern/substitution/{flags} 4793 * 4794 * The usual escapes are supported as described in the regexp docs. 4795 */ 4796 void 4797 do_sub(exarg_T *eap) 4798 { 4799 linenr_T lnum; 4800 long i = 0; 4801 regmmatch_T regmatch; 4802 static subflags_T subflags = {FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, 4803 FALSE, FALSE, 0}; 4804 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4805 subflags_T subflags_save; 4806 #endif 4807 int save_do_all; /* remember user specified 'g' flag */ 4808 int save_do_ask; /* remember user specified 'c' flag */ 4809 char_u *pat = NULL, *sub = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 4810 int delimiter; 4811 int sublen; 4812 int got_quit = FALSE; 4813 int got_match = FALSE; 4814 int temp; 4815 int which_pat; 4816 char_u *cmd; 4817 int save_State; 4818 linenr_T first_line = 0; /* first changed line */ 4819 linenr_T last_line= 0; /* below last changed line AFTER the 4820 * change */ 4821 linenr_T old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 4822 linenr_T line2; 4823 long nmatch; /* number of lines in match */ 4824 char_u *sub_firstline; /* allocated copy of first sub line */ 4825 int endcolumn = FALSE; /* cursor in last column when done */ 4826 pos_T old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; 4827 int start_nsubs; 4828 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 4829 int save_ma = 0; 4830 #endif 4831 4832 cmd = eap->arg; 4833 if (!global_busy) 4834 { 4835 sub_nsubs = 0; 4836 sub_nlines = 0; 4837 } 4838 start_nsubs = sub_nsubs; 4839 4840 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_tilde) 4841 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* use last used regexp */ 4842 else 4843 which_pat = RE_SUBST; /* use last substitute regexp */ 4844 4845 /* new pattern and substitution */ 4846 if (eap->cmd[0] == 's' && *cmd != NUL && !VIM_ISWHITE(*cmd) 4847 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"0123456789cegriIp|\"", *cmd) == NULL) 4848 { 4849 /* don't accept alphanumeric for separator */ 4850 if (isalpha(*cmd)) 4851 { 4852 EMSG(_("E146: Regular expressions can't be delimited by letters")); 4853 return; 4854 } 4855 /* 4856 * undocumented vi feature: 4857 * "\/sub/" and "\?sub?" use last used search pattern (almost like 4858 * //sub/r). "\&sub&" use last substitute pattern (like //sub/). 4859 */ 4860 if (*cmd == '\\') 4861 { 4862 ++cmd; 4863 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL) 4864 { 4865 EMSG(_(e_backslash)); 4866 return; 4867 } 4868 if (*cmd != '&') 4869 which_pat = RE_SEARCH; /* use last '/' pattern */ 4870 pat = (char_u *)""; /* empty search pattern */ 4871 delimiter = *cmd++; /* remember delimiter character */ 4872 } 4873 else /* find the end of the regexp */ 4874 { 4875 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP /* reverse the flow of the Farsi characters */ 4876 if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl) 4877 lrF_sub(cmd); 4878 #endif 4879 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* use last used regexp */ 4880 delimiter = *cmd++; /* remember delimiter character */ 4881 pat = cmd; /* remember start of search pat */ 4882 cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delimiter, p_magic, &eap->arg); 4883 if (cmd[0] == delimiter) /* end delimiter found */ 4884 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ 4885 } 4886 4887 /* 4888 * Small incompatibility: vi sees '\n' as end of the command, but in 4889 * Vim we want to use '\n' to find/substitute a NUL. 4890 */ 4891 sub = cmd; /* remember the start of the substitution */ 4892 4893 while (cmd[0]) 4894 { 4895 if (cmd[0] == delimiter) /* end delimiter found */ 4896 { 4897 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ 4898 break; 4899 } 4900 if (cmd[0] == '\\' && cmd[1] != 0) /* skip escaped characters */ 4901 ++cmd; 4902 MB_PTR_ADV(cmd); 4903 } 4904 4905 if (!eap->skip) 4906 { 4907 /* In POSIX vi ":s/pat/%/" uses the previous subst. string. */ 4908 if (STRCMP(sub, "%") == 0 4909 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SUBPERCENT) != NULL) 4910 { 4911 if (old_sub == NULL) /* there is no previous command */ 4912 { 4913 EMSG(_(e_nopresub)); 4914 return; 4915 } 4916 sub = old_sub; 4917 } 4918 else 4919 { 4920 vim_free(old_sub); 4921 old_sub = vim_strsave(sub); 4922 } 4923 } 4924 } 4925 else if (!eap->skip) /* use previous pattern and substitution */ 4926 { 4927 if (old_sub == NULL) /* there is no previous command */ 4928 { 4929 EMSG(_(e_nopresub)); 4930 return; 4931 } 4932 pat = NULL; /* search_regcomp() will use previous pattern */ 4933 sub = old_sub; 4934 4935 /* Vi compatibility quirk: repeating with ":s" keeps the cursor in the 4936 * last column after using "$". */ 4937 endcolumn = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); 4938 } 4939 4940 /* Recognize ":%s/\n//" and turn it into a join command, which is much 4941 * more efficient. 4942 * TODO: find a generic solution to make line-joining operations more 4943 * efficient, avoid allocating a string that grows in size. 4944 */ 4945 if (pat != NULL && STRCMP(pat, "\\n") == 0 4946 && *sub == NUL 4947 && (*cmd == NUL || (cmd[1] == NUL && (*cmd == 'g' || *cmd == 'l' 4948 || *cmd == 'p' || *cmd == '#')))) 4949 { 4950 linenr_T joined_lines_count; 4951 4952 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; 4953 if (*cmd == 'l') 4954 eap->flags = EXFLAG_LIST; 4955 else if (*cmd == '#') 4956 eap->flags = EXFLAG_NR; 4957 else if (*cmd == 'p') 4958 eap->flags = EXFLAG_PRINT; 4959 4960 /* The number of lines joined is the number of lines in the range plus 4961 * one. One less when the last line is included. */ 4962 joined_lines_count = eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1; 4963 if (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4964 ++joined_lines_count; 4965 if (joined_lines_count > 1) 4966 { 4967 (void)do_join(joined_lines_count, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE); 4968 sub_nsubs = joined_lines_count - 1; 4969 sub_nlines = 1; 4970 (void)do_sub_msg(FALSE); 4971 ex_may_print(eap); 4972 } 4973 4974 if (!cmdmod.keeppatterns) 4975 save_re_pat(RE_SUBST, pat, p_magic); 4976 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST 4977 /* put pattern in history */ 4978 add_to_history(HIST_SEARCH, pat, TRUE, NUL); 4979 #endif 4980 4981 return; 4982 } 4983 4984 /* 4985 * Find trailing options. When '&' is used, keep old options. 4986 */ 4987 if (*cmd == '&') 4988 ++cmd; 4989 else 4990 { 4991 if (!p_ed) 4992 { 4993 if (p_gd) /* default is global on */ 4994 subflags.do_all = TRUE; 4995 else 4996 subflags.do_all = FALSE; 4997 subflags.do_ask = FALSE; 4998 } 4999 subflags.do_error = TRUE; 5000 subflags.do_print = FALSE; 5001 subflags.do_count = FALSE; 5002 subflags.do_number = FALSE; 5003 subflags.do_ic = 0; 5004 } 5005 while (*cmd) 5006 { 5007 /* 5008 * Note that 'g' and 'c' are always inverted, also when p_ed is off. 5009 * 'r' is never inverted. 5010 */ 5011 if (*cmd == 'g') 5012 subflags.do_all = !subflags.do_all; 5013 else if (*cmd == 'c') 5014 subflags.do_ask = !subflags.do_ask; 5015 else if (*cmd == 'n') 5016 subflags.do_count = TRUE; 5017 else if (*cmd == 'e') 5018 subflags.do_error = !subflags.do_error; 5019 else if (*cmd == 'r') /* use last used regexp */ 5020 which_pat = RE_LAST; 5021 else if (*cmd == 'p') 5022 subflags.do_print = TRUE; 5023 else if (*cmd == '#') 5024 { 5025 subflags.do_print = TRUE; 5026 subflags.do_number = TRUE; 5027 } 5028 else if (*cmd == 'l') 5029 { 5030 subflags.do_print = TRUE; 5031 subflags.do_list = TRUE; 5032 } 5033 else if (*cmd == 'i') /* ignore case */ 5034 subflags.do_ic = 'i'; 5035 else if (*cmd == 'I') /* don't ignore case */ 5036 subflags.do_ic = 'I'; 5037 else 5038 break; 5039 ++cmd; 5040 } 5041 if (subflags.do_count) 5042 subflags.do_ask = FALSE; 5043 5044 save_do_all = subflags.do_all; 5045 save_do_ask = subflags.do_ask; 5046 5047 /* 5048 * check for a trailing count 5049 */ 5050 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); 5051 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*cmd)) 5052 { 5053 i = getdigits(&cmd); 5054 if (i <= 0 && !eap->skip && subflags.do_error) 5055 { 5056 EMSG(_(e_zerocount)); 5057 return; 5058 } 5059 eap->line1 = eap->line2; 5060 eap->line2 += i - 1; 5061 if (eap->line2 > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 5062 eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 5063 } 5064 5065 /* 5066 * check for trailing command or garbage 5067 */ 5068 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); 5069 if (*cmd && *cmd != '"') /* if not end-of-line or comment */ 5070 { 5071 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(cmd); 5072 if (eap->nextcmd == NULL) 5073 { 5074 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 5075 return; 5076 } 5077 } 5078 5079 if (eap->skip) /* not executing commands, only parsing */ 5080 return; 5081 5082 if (!subflags.do_count && !curbuf->b_p_ma) 5083 { 5084 /* Substitution is not allowed in non-'modifiable' buffer */ 5085 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); 5086 return; 5087 } 5088 5089 if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_SUBST, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, ®match) == FAIL) 5090 { 5091 if (subflags.do_error) 5092 EMSG(_(e_invcmd)); 5093 return; 5094 } 5095 5096 /* the 'i' or 'I' flag overrules 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' */ 5097 if (subflags.do_ic == 'i') 5098 regmatch.rmm_ic = TRUE; 5099 else if (subflags.do_ic == 'I') 5100 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE; 5101 5102 sub_firstline = NULL; 5103 5104 /* 5105 * ~ in the substitute pattern is replaced with the old pattern. 5106 * We do it here once to avoid it to be replaced over and over again. 5107 * But don't do it when it starts with "\=", then it's an expression. 5108 */ 5109 if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '=')) 5110 sub = regtilde(sub, p_magic); 5111 5112 /* 5113 * Check for a match on each line. 5114 */ 5115 line2 = eap->line2; 5116 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= line2 && !(got_quit 5117 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) && defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) 5118 || aborting() 5119 #endif 5120 ); ++lnum) 5121 { 5122 nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, 5123 (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL); 5124 if (nmatch) 5125 { 5126 colnr_T copycol; 5127 colnr_T matchcol; 5128 colnr_T prev_matchcol = MAXCOL; 5129 char_u *new_end, *new_start = NULL; 5130 unsigned new_start_len = 0; 5131 char_u *p1; 5132 int did_sub = FALSE; 5133 int lastone; 5134 int len, copy_len, needed_len; 5135 long nmatch_tl = 0; /* nr of lines matched below lnum */ 5136 int do_again; /* do it again after joining lines */ 5137 int skip_match = FALSE; 5138 linenr_T sub_firstlnum; /* nr of first sub line */ 5139 5140 /* 5141 * The new text is build up step by step, to avoid too much 5142 * copying. There are these pieces: 5143 * sub_firstline The old text, unmodified. 5144 * copycol Column in the old text where we started 5145 * looking for a match; from here old text still 5146 * needs to be copied to the new text. 5147 * matchcol Column number of the old text where to look 5148 * for the next match. It's just after the 5149 * previous match or one further. 5150 * prev_matchcol Column just after the previous match (if any). 5151 * Mostly equal to matchcol, except for the first 5152 * match and after skipping an empty match. 5153 * regmatch.*pos Where the pattern matched in the old text. 5154 * new_start The new text, all that has been produced so 5155 * far. 5156 * new_end The new text, where to append new text. 5157 * 5158 * lnum The line number where we found the start of 5159 * the match. Can be below the line we searched 5160 * when there is a \n before a \zs in the 5161 * pattern. 5162 * sub_firstlnum The line number in the buffer where to look 5163 * for a match. Can be different from "lnum" 5164 * when the pattern or substitute string contains 5165 * line breaks. 5166 * 5167 * Special situations: 5168 * - When the substitute string contains a line break, the part up 5169 * to the line break is inserted in the text, but the copy of 5170 * the original line is kept. "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted for 5171 * the inserted lines. 5172 * - When the matched pattern contains a line break, the old line 5173 * is taken from the line at the end of the pattern. The lines 5174 * in the match are deleted later, "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted 5175 * accordingly. 5176 * 5177 * The new text is built up in new_start[]. It has some extra 5178 * room to avoid using alloc()/free() too often. new_start_len is 5179 * the length of the allocated memory at new_start. 5180 * 5181 * Make a copy of the old line, so it won't be taken away when 5182 * updating the screen or handling a multi-line match. The "old_" 5183 * pointers point into this copy. 5184 */ 5185 sub_firstlnum = lnum; 5186 copycol = 0; 5187 matchcol = 0; 5188 5189 /* At first match, remember current cursor position. */ 5190 if (!got_match) 5191 { 5192 setpcmark(); 5193 got_match = TRUE; 5194 } 5195 5196 /* 5197 * Loop until nothing more to replace in this line. 5198 * 1. Handle match with empty string. 5199 * 2. If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation. 5200 * 3. substitute the string. 5201 * 4. if do_all is set, find next match 5202 * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line 5203 */ 5204 for (;;) 5205 { 5206 /* Advance "lnum" to the line where the match starts. The 5207 * match does not start in the first line when there is a line 5208 * break before \zs. */ 5209 if (regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0) 5210 { 5211 lnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5212 sub_firstlnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5213 nmatch -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5214 vim_free(sub_firstline); 5215 sub_firstline = NULL; 5216 } 5217 5218 if (sub_firstline == NULL) 5219 { 5220 sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum)); 5221 if (sub_firstline == NULL) 5222 { 5223 vim_free(new_start); 5224 goto outofmem; 5225 } 5226 } 5227 5228 /* Save the line number of the last change for the final 5229 * cursor position (just like Vi). */ 5230 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 5231 do_again = FALSE; 5232 5233 /* 5234 * 1. Match empty string does not count, except for first 5235 * match. This reproduces the strange vi behaviour. 5236 * This also catches endless loops. 5237 */ 5238 if (matchcol == prev_matchcol 5239 && regmatch.endpos[0].lnum == 0 5240 && matchcol == regmatch.endpos[0].col) 5241 { 5242 if (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL) 5243 /* We already were at the end of the line. Don't look 5244 * for a match in this line again. */ 5245 skip_match = TRUE; 5246 else 5247 { 5248 /* search for a match at next column */ 5249 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5250 if (has_mbyte) 5251 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(sub_firstline + matchcol); 5252 else 5253 #endif 5254 ++matchcol; 5255 } 5256 goto skip; 5257 } 5258 5259 /* Normally we continue searching for a match just after the 5260 * previous match. */ 5261 matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; 5262 prev_matchcol = matchcol; 5263 5264 /* 5265 * 2. If do_count is set only increase the counter. 5266 * If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation. 5267 */ 5268 if (subflags.do_count) 5269 { 5270 /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at 5271 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that 5272 * we continue looking for a match on the next line. 5273 * Avoids that ":s/\nB\@=//gc" get stuck. */ 5274 if (nmatch > 1) 5275 { 5276 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline); 5277 nmatch = 1; 5278 skip_match = TRUE; 5279 } 5280 sub_nsubs++; 5281 did_sub = TRUE; 5282 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5283 /* Skip the substitution, unless an expression is used, 5284 * then it is evaluated in the sandbox. */ 5285 if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '=')) 5286 #endif 5287 goto skip; 5288 } 5289 5290 if (subflags.do_ask) 5291 { 5292 int typed = 0; 5293 5294 /* change State to CONFIRM, so that the mouse works 5295 * properly */ 5296 save_State = State; 5297 State = CONFIRM; 5298 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 5299 setmouse(); /* disable mouse in xterm */ 5300 #endif 5301 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col; 5302 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND 5303 if (curwin->w_p_crb) 5304 do_check_cursorbind(); 5305 #endif 5306 5307 /* When 'cpoptions' contains "u" don't sync undo when 5308 * asking for confirmation. */ 5309 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL) 5310 ++no_u_sync; 5311 5312 /* 5313 * Loop until 'y', 'n', 'q', CTRL-E or CTRL-Y typed. 5314 */ 5315 while (subflags.do_ask) 5316 { 5317 if (exmode_active) 5318 { 5319 char_u *resp; 5320 colnr_T sc, ec; 5321 5322 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, 5323 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list); 5324 5325 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &sc, NULL, NULL); 5326 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col - 1; 5327 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < 0) 5328 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 5329 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &ec); 5330 if (subflags.do_number || curwin->w_p_nu) 5331 { 5332 int numw = number_width(curwin) + 1; 5333 sc += numw; 5334 ec += numw; 5335 } 5336 msg_start(); 5337 for (i = 0; i < (long)sc; ++i) 5338 msg_putchar(' '); 5339 for ( ; i <= (long)ec; ++i) 5340 msg_putchar('^'); 5341 5342 resp = getexmodeline('?', NULL, 0); 5343 if (resp != NULL) 5344 { 5345 typed = *resp; 5346 vim_free(resp); 5347 } 5348 } 5349 else 5350 { 5351 char_u *orig_line = NULL; 5352 int len_change = 0; 5353 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5354 int save_p_fen = curwin->w_p_fen; 5355 5356 curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE; 5357 #endif 5358 /* Invert the matched string. 5359 * Remove the inversion afterwards. */ 5360 temp = RedrawingDisabled; 5361 RedrawingDisabled = 0; 5362 5363 if (new_start != NULL) 5364 { 5365 /* There already was a substitution, we would 5366 * like to show this to the user. We cannot 5367 * really update the line, it would change 5368 * what matches. Temporarily replace the line 5369 * and change it back afterwards. */ 5370 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum)); 5371 if (orig_line != NULL) 5372 { 5373 char_u *new_line = concat_str(new_start, 5374 sub_firstline + copycol); 5375 5376 if (new_line == NULL) 5377 { 5378 vim_free(orig_line); 5379 orig_line = NULL; 5380 } 5381 else 5382 { 5383 /* Position the cursor relative to the 5384 * end of the line, the previous 5385 * substitute may have inserted or 5386 * deleted characters before the 5387 * cursor. */ 5388 len_change = (int)STRLEN(new_line) 5389 - (int)STRLEN(orig_line); 5390 curwin->w_cursor.col += len_change; 5391 ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE); 5392 } 5393 } 5394 } 5395 5396 search_match_lines = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum 5397 - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5398 search_match_endcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col 5399 + len_change; 5400 highlight_match = TRUE; 5401 5402 update_topline(); 5403 validate_cursor(); 5404 update_screen(SOME_VALID); 5405 highlight_match = FALSE; 5406 redraw_later(SOME_VALID); 5407 5408 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5409 curwin->w_p_fen = save_p_fen; 5410 #endif 5411 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) 5412 msg_didout = FALSE; /* avoid a scroll-up */ 5413 msg_starthere(); 5414 i = msg_scroll; 5415 msg_scroll = 0; /* truncate msg when 5416 needed */ 5417 msg_no_more = TRUE; 5418 /* write message same highlighting as for 5419 * wait_return */ 5420 smsg_attr(HL_ATTR(HLF_R), 5421 (char_u *)_("replace with %s (y/n/a/q/l/^E/^Y)?"), sub); 5422 msg_no_more = FALSE; 5423 msg_scroll = i; 5424 showruler(TRUE); 5425 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); 5426 RedrawingDisabled = temp; 5427 5428 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5429 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 5430 #endif 5431 ++no_mapping; /* don't map this key */ 5432 ++allow_keys; /* allow special keys */ 5433 typed = plain_vgetc(); 5434 --allow_keys; 5435 --no_mapping; 5436 5437 /* clear the question */ 5438 msg_didout = FALSE; /* don't scroll up */ 5439 msg_col = 0; 5440 gotocmdline(TRUE); 5441 5442 /* restore the line */ 5443 if (orig_line != NULL) 5444 ml_replace(lnum, orig_line, FALSE); 5445 } 5446 5447 need_wait_return = FALSE; /* no hit-return prompt */ 5448 if (typed == 'q' || typed == ESC || typed == Ctrl_C 5449 #ifdef UNIX 5450 || typed == intr_char 5451 #endif 5452 ) 5453 { 5454 got_quit = TRUE; 5455 break; 5456 } 5457 if (typed == 'n') 5458 break; 5459 if (typed == 'y') 5460 break; 5461 if (typed == 'l') 5462 { 5463 /* last: replace and then stop */ 5464 subflags.do_all = FALSE; 5465 line2 = lnum; 5466 break; 5467 } 5468 if (typed == 'a') 5469 { 5470 subflags.do_ask = FALSE; 5471 break; 5472 } 5473 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 5474 if (typed == Ctrl_E) 5475 scrollup_clamp(); 5476 else if (typed == Ctrl_Y) 5477 scrolldown_clamp(); 5478 #endif 5479 } 5480 State = save_State; 5481 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 5482 setmouse(); 5483 #endif 5484 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL) 5485 --no_u_sync; 5486 5487 if (typed == 'n') 5488 { 5489 /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at 5490 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that 5491 * we continue looking for a match on the next line. 5492 * Avoids that ":%s/\nB\@=//gc" and ":%s/\n/,\r/gc" 5493 * get stuck when pressing 'n'. */ 5494 if (nmatch > 1) 5495 { 5496 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline); 5497 skip_match = TRUE; 5498 } 5499 goto skip; 5500 } 5501 if (got_quit) 5502 goto skip; 5503 } 5504 5505 /* Move the cursor to the start of the match, so that we can 5506 * use "\=col("."). */ 5507 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col; 5508 5509 /* 5510 * 3. substitute the string. 5511 */ 5512 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5513 if (subflags.do_count) 5514 { 5515 /* prevent accidentally changing the buffer by a function */ 5516 save_ma = curbuf->b_p_ma; 5517 curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE; 5518 sandbox++; 5519 } 5520 /* Save flags for recursion. They can change for e.g. 5521 * :s/^/\=execute("s#^##gn") */ 5522 subflags_save = subflags; 5523 #endif 5524 /* get length of substitution part */ 5525 sublen = vim_regsub_multi(®match, 5526 sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum, 5527 sub, sub_firstline, FALSE, p_magic, TRUE); 5528 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 5529 /* Don't keep flags set by a recursive call. */ 5530 subflags = subflags_save; 5531 if (subflags.do_count) 5532 { 5533 curbuf->b_p_ma = save_ma; 5534 if (sandbox > 0) 5535 sandbox--; 5536 goto skip; 5537 } 5538 #endif 5539 5540 /* When the match included the "$" of the last line it may 5541 * go beyond the last line of the buffer. */ 5542 if (nmatch > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1) 5543 { 5544 nmatch = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1; 5545 skip_match = TRUE; 5546 } 5547 5548 /* Need room for: 5549 * - result so far in new_start (not for first sub in line) 5550 * - original text up to match 5551 * - length of substituted part 5552 * - original text after match 5553 */ 5554 if (nmatch == 1) 5555 p1 = sub_firstline; 5556 else 5557 { 5558 p1 = ml_get(sub_firstlnum + nmatch - 1); 5559 nmatch_tl += nmatch - 1; 5560 } 5561 copy_len = regmatch.startpos[0].col - copycol; 5562 needed_len = copy_len + ((unsigned)STRLEN(p1) 5563 - regmatch.endpos[0].col) + sublen + 1; 5564 if (new_start == NULL) 5565 { 5566 /* 5567 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the 5568 * substitution into (and some extra space to avoid 5569 * too many calls to alloc()/free()). 5570 */ 5571 new_start_len = needed_len + 50; 5572 if ((new_start = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL) 5573 goto outofmem; 5574 *new_start = NUL; 5575 new_end = new_start; 5576 } 5577 else 5578 { 5579 /* 5580 * Check if the temporary buffer is long enough to do the 5581 * substitution into. If not, make it larger (with a bit 5582 * extra to avoid too many calls to alloc()/free()). 5583 */ 5584 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(new_start); 5585 needed_len += len; 5586 if (needed_len > (int)new_start_len) 5587 { 5588 new_start_len = needed_len + 50; 5589 if ((p1 = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL) 5590 { 5591 vim_free(new_start); 5592 goto outofmem; 5593 } 5594 mch_memmove(p1, new_start, (size_t)(len + 1)); 5595 vim_free(new_start); 5596 new_start = p1; 5597 } 5598 new_end = new_start + len; 5599 } 5600 5601 /* 5602 * copy the text up to the part that matched 5603 */ 5604 mch_memmove(new_end, sub_firstline + copycol, (size_t)copy_len); 5605 new_end += copy_len; 5606 5607 (void)vim_regsub_multi(®match, 5608 sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum, 5609 sub, new_end, TRUE, p_magic, TRUE); 5610 sub_nsubs++; 5611 did_sub = TRUE; 5612 5613 /* Move the cursor to the start of the line, to avoid that it 5614 * is beyond the end of the line after the substitution. */ 5615 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 5616 5617 /* For a multi-line match, make a copy of the last matched 5618 * line and continue in that one. */ 5619 if (nmatch > 1) 5620 { 5621 sub_firstlnum += nmatch - 1; 5622 vim_free(sub_firstline); 5623 sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum)); 5624 /* When going beyond the last line, stop substituting. */ 5625 if (sub_firstlnum <= line2) 5626 do_again = TRUE; 5627 else 5628 subflags.do_all = FALSE; 5629 } 5630 5631 /* Remember next character to be copied. */ 5632 copycol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; 5633 5634 if (skip_match) 5635 { 5636 /* Already hit end of the buffer, sub_firstlnum is one 5637 * less than what it ought to be. */ 5638 vim_free(sub_firstline); 5639 sub_firstline = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); 5640 copycol = 0; 5641 } 5642 5643 /* 5644 * Now the trick is to replace CTRL-M chars with a real line 5645 * break. This would make it impossible to insert a CTRL-M in 5646 * the text. The line break can be avoided by preceding the 5647 * CTRL-M with a backslash. To be able to insert a backslash, 5648 * they must be doubled in the string and are halved here. 5649 * That is Vi compatible. 5650 */ 5651 for (p1 = new_end; *p1; ++p1) 5652 { 5653 if (p1[0] == '\\' && p1[1] != NUL) /* remove backslash */ 5654 STRMOVE(p1, p1 + 1); 5655 else if (*p1 == CAR) 5656 { 5657 if (u_inssub(lnum) == OK) /* prepare for undo */ 5658 { 5659 *p1 = NUL; /* truncate up to the CR */ 5660 ml_append(lnum - 1, new_start, 5661 (colnr_T)(p1 - new_start + 1), FALSE); 5662 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); 5663 if (subflags.do_ask) 5664 appended_lines(lnum - 1, 1L); 5665 else 5666 { 5667 if (first_line == 0) 5668 first_line = lnum; 5669 last_line = lnum + 1; 5670 } 5671 /* All line numbers increase. */ 5672 ++sub_firstlnum; 5673 ++lnum; 5674 ++line2; 5675 /* move the cursor to the new line, like Vi */ 5676 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5677 /* copy the rest */ 5678 STRMOVE(new_start, p1 + 1); 5679 p1 = new_start - 1; 5680 } 5681 } 5682 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5683 else if (has_mbyte) 5684 p1 += (*mb_ptr2len)(p1) - 1; 5685 #endif 5686 } 5687 5688 /* 5689 * 4. If do_all is set, find next match. 5690 * Prevent endless loop with patterns that match empty 5691 * strings, e.g. :s/$/pat/g or :s/[a-z]* /(&)/g. 5692 * But ":s/\n/#/" is OK. 5693 */ 5694 skip: 5695 /* We already know that we did the last subst when we are at 5696 * the end of the line, except that a pattern like 5697 * "bar\|\nfoo" may match at the NUL. "lnum" can be below 5698 * "line2" when there is a \zs in the pattern after a line 5699 * break. */ 5700 lastone = (skip_match 5701 || got_int 5702 || got_quit 5703 || lnum > line2 5704 || !(subflags.do_all || do_again) 5705 || (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL && nmatch <= 1 5706 && !re_multiline(regmatch.regprog))); 5707 nmatch = -1; 5708 5709 /* 5710 * Replace the line in the buffer when needed. This is 5711 * skipped when there are more matches. 5712 * The check for nmatch_tl is needed for when multi-line 5713 * matching must replace the lines before trying to do another 5714 * match, otherwise "\@<=" won't work. 5715 * When the match starts below where we start searching also 5716 * need to replace the line first (using \zs after \n). 5717 */ 5718 if (lastone 5719 || nmatch_tl > 0 5720 || (nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, 5721 curbuf, sub_firstlnum, 5722 matchcol, NULL, NULL)) == 0 5723 || regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0) 5724 { 5725 if (new_start != NULL) 5726 { 5727 /* 5728 * Copy the rest of the line, that didn't match. 5729 * "matchcol" has to be adjusted, we use the end of 5730 * the line as reference, because the substitute may 5731 * have changed the number of characters. Same for 5732 * "prev_matchcol". 5733 */ 5734 STRCAT(new_start, sub_firstline + copycol); 5735 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol; 5736 prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) 5737 - prev_matchcol; 5738 5739 if (u_savesub(lnum) != OK) 5740 break; 5741 ml_replace(lnum, new_start, TRUE); 5742 5743 if (nmatch_tl > 0) 5744 { 5745 /* 5746 * Matched lines have now been substituted and are 5747 * useless, delete them. The part after the match 5748 * has been appended to new_start, we don't need 5749 * it in the buffer. 5750 */ 5751 ++lnum; 5752 if (u_savedel(lnum, nmatch_tl) != OK) 5753 break; 5754 for (i = 0; i < nmatch_tl; ++i) 5755 ml_delete(lnum, (int)FALSE); 5756 mark_adjust(lnum, lnum + nmatch_tl - 1, 5757 (long)MAXLNUM, -nmatch_tl); 5758 if (subflags.do_ask) 5759 deleted_lines(lnum, nmatch_tl); 5760 --lnum; 5761 line2 -= nmatch_tl; /* nr of lines decreases */ 5762 nmatch_tl = 0; 5763 } 5764 5765 /* When asking, undo is saved each time, must also set 5766 * changed flag each time. */ 5767 if (subflags.do_ask) 5768 changed_bytes(lnum, 0); 5769 else 5770 { 5771 if (first_line == 0) 5772 first_line = lnum; 5773 last_line = lnum + 1; 5774 } 5775 5776 sub_firstlnum = lnum; 5777 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* free the temp buffer */ 5778 sub_firstline = new_start; 5779 new_start = NULL; 5780 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol; 5781 prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) 5782 - prev_matchcol; 5783 copycol = 0; 5784 } 5785 if (nmatch == -1 && !lastone) 5786 nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, 5787 sub_firstlnum, matchcol, NULL, NULL); 5788 5789 /* 5790 * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line 5791 */ 5792 if (nmatch <= 0) 5793 { 5794 /* If the match found didn't start where we were 5795 * searching, do the next search in the line where we 5796 * found the match. */ 5797 if (nmatch == -1) 5798 lnum -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 5799 break; 5800 } 5801 } 5802 5803 line_breakcheck(); 5804 } 5805 5806 if (did_sub) 5807 ++sub_nlines; 5808 vim_free(new_start); /* for when substitute was cancelled */ 5809 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* free the copy of the original line */ 5810 sub_firstline = NULL; 5811 } 5812 5813 line_breakcheck(); 5814 } 5815 5816 if (first_line != 0) 5817 { 5818 /* Need to subtract the number of added lines from "last_line" to get 5819 * the line number before the change (same as adding the number of 5820 * deleted lines). */ 5821 i = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count; 5822 changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line - i, i); 5823 } 5824 5825 outofmem: 5826 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* may have to free allocated copy of the line */ 5827 5828 /* ":s/pat//n" doesn't move the cursor */ 5829 if (subflags.do_count) 5830 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; 5831 5832 if (sub_nsubs > start_nsubs) 5833 { 5834 /* Set the '[ and '] marks. */ 5835 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = eap->line1; 5836 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; 5837 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; 5838 5839 if (!global_busy) 5840 { 5841 /* when interactive leave cursor on the match */ 5842 if (!subflags.do_ask) 5843 { 5844 if (endcolumn) 5845 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 5846 else 5847 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 5848 } 5849 if (!do_sub_msg(subflags.do_count) && subflags.do_ask) 5850 MSG(""); 5851 } 5852 else 5853 global_need_beginline = TRUE; 5854 if (subflags.do_print) 5855 print_line(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 5856 subflags.do_number, subflags.do_list); 5857 } 5858 else if (!global_busy) 5859 { 5860 if (got_int) /* interrupted */ 5861 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 5862 else if (got_match) /* did find something but nothing substituted */ 5863 MSG(""); 5864 else if (subflags.do_error) /* nothing found */ 5865 EMSG2(_(e_patnotf2), get_search_pat()); 5866 } 5867 5868 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5869 if (subflags.do_ask && hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 5870 /* Cursor position may require updating */ 5871 changed_window_setting(); 5872 #endif 5873 5874 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 5875 5876 /* Restore the flag values, they can be used for ":&&". */ 5877 subflags.do_all = save_do_all; 5878 subflags.do_ask = save_do_ask; 5879 } 5880 5881 /* 5882 * Give message for number of substitutions. 5883 * Can also be used after a ":global" command. 5884 * Return TRUE if a message was given. 5885 */ 5886 int 5887 do_sub_msg( 5888 int count_only) /* used 'n' flag for ":s" */ 5889 { 5890 /* 5891 * Only report substitutions when: 5892 * - more than 'report' substitutions 5893 * - command was typed by user, or number of changed lines > 'report' 5894 * - giving messages is not disabled by 'lazyredraw' 5895 */ 5896 if (((sub_nsubs > p_report && (KeyTyped || sub_nlines > 1 || p_report < 1)) 5897 || count_only) 5898 && messaging()) 5899 { 5900 if (got_int) 5901 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("(Interrupted) ")); 5902 else 5903 *msg_buf = NUL; 5904 if (sub_nsubs == 1) 5905 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 5906 "%s", count_only ? _("1 match") : _("1 substitution")); 5907 else 5908 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 5909 count_only ? _("%ld matches") : _("%ld substitutions"), 5910 sub_nsubs); 5911 if (sub_nlines == 1) 5912 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 5913 "%s", _(" on 1 line")); 5914 else 5915 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), 5916 _(" on %ld lines"), (long)sub_nlines); 5917 if (msg(msg_buf)) 5918 /* save message to display it after redraw */ 5919 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); 5920 return TRUE; 5921 } 5922 if (got_int) 5923 { 5924 EMSG(_(e_interr)); 5925 return TRUE; 5926 } 5927 return FALSE; 5928 } 5929 5930 static void 5931 global_exe_one(char_u *cmd, linenr_T lnum) 5932 { 5933 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 5934 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 5935 if (*cmd == NUL || *cmd == '\n') 5936 do_cmdline((char_u *)"p", NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT); 5937 else 5938 do_cmdline(cmd, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT); 5939 } 5940 5941 /* 5942 * Execute a global command of the form: 5943 * 5944 * g/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern matches 5945 * v/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern does not match 5946 * 5947 * where 'X' is an EX command 5948 * 5949 * The command character (as well as the trailing slash) is optional, and 5950 * is assumed to be 'p' if missing. 5951 * 5952 * This is implemented in two passes: first we scan the file for the pattern and 5953 * set a mark for each line that (not) matches. Secondly we execute the command 5954 * for each line that has a mark. This is required because after deleting 5955 * lines we do not know where to search for the next match. 5956 */ 5957 void 5958 ex_global(exarg_T *eap) 5959 { 5960 linenr_T lnum; /* line number according to old situation */ 5961 int ndone = 0; 5962 int type; /* first char of cmd: 'v' or 'g' */ 5963 char_u *cmd; /* command argument */ 5964 5965 char_u delim; /* delimiter, normally '/' */ 5966 char_u *pat; 5967 regmmatch_T regmatch; 5968 int match; 5969 int which_pat; 5970 5971 /* When nesting the command works on one line. This allows for 5972 * ":g/found/v/notfound/command". */ 5973 if (global_busy && (eap->line1 != 1 5974 || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)) 5975 { 5976 /* will increment global_busy to break out of the loop */ 5977 EMSG(_("E147: Cannot do :global recursive with a range")); 5978 return; 5979 } 5980 5981 if (eap->forceit) /* ":global!" is like ":vglobal" */ 5982 type = 'v'; 5983 else 5984 type = *eap->cmd; 5985 cmd = eap->arg; 5986 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* default: use last used regexp */ 5987 5988 /* 5989 * undocumented vi feature: 5990 * "\/" and "\?": use previous search pattern. 5991 * "\&": use previous substitute pattern. 5992 */ 5993 if (*cmd == '\\') 5994 { 5995 ++cmd; 5996 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL) 5997 { 5998 EMSG(_(e_backslash)); 5999 return; 6000 } 6001 if (*cmd == '&') 6002 which_pat = RE_SUBST; /* use previous substitute pattern */ 6003 else 6004 which_pat = RE_SEARCH; /* use previous search pattern */ 6005 ++cmd; 6006 pat = (char_u *)""; 6007 } 6008 else if (*cmd == NUL) 6009 { 6010 EMSG(_("E148: Regular expression missing from global")); 6011 return; 6012 } 6013 else 6014 { 6015 delim = *cmd; /* get the delimiter */ 6016 if (delim) 6017 ++cmd; /* skip delimiter if there is one */ 6018 pat = cmd; /* remember start of pattern */ 6019 cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delim, p_magic, &eap->arg); 6020 if (cmd[0] == delim) /* end delimiter found */ 6021 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ 6022 } 6023 6024 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP /* when in Farsi mode, reverse the character flow */ 6025 if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl) 6026 lrFswap(pat,0); 6027 #endif 6028 6029 if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_BOTH, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, ®match) == FAIL) 6030 { 6031 EMSG(_(e_invcmd)); 6032 return; 6033 } 6034 6035 if (global_busy) 6036 { 6037 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6038 match = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, 6039 (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL); 6040 if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match)) 6041 global_exe_one(cmd, lnum); 6042 } 6043 else 6044 { 6045 /* 6046 * pass 1: set marks for each (not) matching line 6047 */ 6048 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2 && !got_int; ++lnum) 6049 { 6050 /* a match on this line? */ 6051 match = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, 6052 (colnr_T)0, NULL, NULL); 6053 if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match)) 6054 { 6055 ml_setmarked(lnum); 6056 ndone++; 6057 } 6058 line_breakcheck(); 6059 } 6060 6061 /* 6062 * pass 2: execute the command for each line that has been marked 6063 */ 6064 if (got_int) 6065 MSG(_(e_interr)); 6066 else if (ndone == 0) 6067 { 6068 if (type == 'v') 6069 smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern found in every line: %s"), pat); 6070 else 6071 smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern not found: %s"), pat); 6072 } 6073 else 6074 { 6075 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6076 start_global_changes(); 6077 #endif 6078 global_exe(cmd); 6079 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 6080 end_global_changes(); 6081 #endif 6082 } 6083 6084 ml_clearmarked(); /* clear rest of the marks */ 6085 } 6086 6087 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 6088 } 6089 6090 /* 6091 * Execute "cmd" on lines marked with ml_setmarked(). 6092 */ 6093 void 6094 global_exe(char_u *cmd) 6095 { 6096 linenr_T old_lcount; /* b_ml.ml_line_count before the command */ 6097 buf_T *old_buf = curbuf; /* remember what buffer we started in */ 6098 linenr_T lnum; /* line number according to old situation */ 6099 6100 /* 6101 * Set current position only once for a global command. 6102 * If global_busy is set, setpcmark() will not do anything. 6103 * If there is an error, global_busy will be incremented. 6104 */ 6105 setpcmark(); 6106 6107 /* When the command writes a message, don't overwrite the command. */ 6108 msg_didout = TRUE; 6109 6110 sub_nsubs = 0; 6111 sub_nlines = 0; 6112 global_need_beginline = FALSE; 6113 global_busy = 1; 6114 old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6115 while (!got_int && (lnum = ml_firstmarked()) != 0 && global_busy == 1) 6116 { 6117 global_exe_one(cmd, lnum); 6118 ui_breakcheck(); 6119 } 6120 6121 global_busy = 0; 6122 if (global_need_beginline) 6123 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); 6124 else 6125 check_cursor(); /* cursor may be beyond the end of the line */ 6126 6127 /* the cursor may not have moved in the text but a change in a previous 6128 * line may move it on the screen */ 6129 changed_line_abv_curs(); 6130 6131 /* If it looks like no message was written, allow overwriting the 6132 * command with the report for number of changes. */ 6133 if (msg_col == 0 && msg_scrolled == 0) 6134 msg_didout = FALSE; 6135 6136 /* If substitutes done, report number of substitutes, otherwise report 6137 * number of extra or deleted lines. 6138 * Don't report extra or deleted lines in the edge case where the buffer 6139 * we are in after execution is different from the buffer we started in. */ 6140 if (!do_sub_msg(FALSE) && curbuf == old_buf) 6141 msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount); 6142 } 6143 6144 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO 6145 int 6146 read_viminfo_sub_string(vir_T *virp, int force) 6147 { 6148 if (force) 6149 vim_free(old_sub); 6150 if (force || old_sub == NULL) 6151 old_sub = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE); 6152 return viminfo_readline(virp); 6153 } 6154 6155 void 6156 write_viminfo_sub_string(FILE *fp) 6157 { 6158 if (get_viminfo_parameter('/') != 0 && old_sub != NULL) 6159 { 6160 fputs(_("\n# Last Substitute String:\n$"), fp); 6161 viminfo_writestring(fp, old_sub); 6162 } 6163 } 6164 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ 6165 6166 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 6167 void 6168 free_old_sub(void) 6169 { 6170 vim_free(old_sub); 6171 } 6172 #endif 6173 6174 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) || defined(PROTO) 6175 /* 6176 * Set up for a tagpreview. 6177 * Return TRUE when it was created. 6178 */ 6179 int 6180 prepare_tagpreview( 6181 int undo_sync) /* sync undo when leaving the window */ 6182 { 6183 win_T *wp; 6184 6185 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6186 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; 6187 # endif 6188 6189 /* 6190 * If there is already a preview window open, use that one. 6191 */ 6192 if (!curwin->w_p_pvw) 6193 { 6194 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6195 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 6196 break; 6197 if (wp != NULL) 6198 win_enter(wp, undo_sync); 6199 else 6200 { 6201 /* 6202 * There is no preview window open yet. Create one. 6203 */ 6204 if (win_split(g_do_tagpreview > 0 ? g_do_tagpreview : 0, 0) 6205 == FAIL) 6206 return FALSE; 6207 curwin->w_p_pvw = TRUE; 6208 curwin->w_p_wfh = TRUE; 6209 RESET_BINDING(curwin); /* don't take over 'scrollbind' 6210 and 'cursorbind' */ 6211 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6212 curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE; /* no 'diff' */ 6213 # endif 6214 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6215 curwin->w_p_fdc = 0; /* no 'foldcolumn' */ 6216 # endif 6217 return TRUE; 6218 } 6219 } 6220 return FALSE; 6221 } 6222 6223 #endif 6224 6225 6226 /* 6227 * ":help": open a read-only window on a help file 6228 */ 6229 void 6230 ex_help(exarg_T *eap) 6231 { 6232 char_u *arg; 6233 char_u *tag; 6234 FILE *helpfd; /* file descriptor of help file */ 6235 int n; 6236 int i; 6237 win_T *wp; 6238 int num_matches; 6239 char_u **matches; 6240 char_u *p; 6241 int empty_fnum = 0; 6242 int alt_fnum = 0; 6243 buf_T *buf; 6244 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6245 int len; 6246 char_u *lang; 6247 #endif 6248 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6249 int old_KeyTyped = KeyTyped; 6250 #endif 6251 6252 if (eap != NULL) 6253 { 6254 /* 6255 * A ":help" command ends at the first LF, or at a '|' that is 6256 * followed by some text. Set nextcmd to the following command. 6257 */ 6258 for (arg = eap->arg; *arg; ++arg) 6259 { 6260 if (*arg == '\n' || *arg == '\r' 6261 || (*arg == '|' && arg[1] != NUL && arg[1] != '|')) 6262 { 6263 *arg++ = NUL; 6264 eap->nextcmd = arg; 6265 break; 6266 } 6267 } 6268 arg = eap->arg; 6269 6270 if (eap->forceit && *arg == NUL && !curbuf->b_help) 6271 { 6272 EMSG(_("E478: Don't panic!")); 6273 return; 6274 } 6275 6276 if (eap->skip) /* not executing commands */ 6277 return; 6278 } 6279 else 6280 arg = (char_u *)""; 6281 6282 /* remove trailing blanks */ 6283 p = arg + STRLEN(arg) - 1; 6284 while (p > arg && VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && p[-1] != '\\') 6285 *p-- = NUL; 6286 6287 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6288 /* Check for a specified language */ 6289 lang = check_help_lang(arg); 6290 #endif 6291 6292 /* When no argument given go to the index. */ 6293 if (*arg == NUL) 6294 arg = (char_u *)"help.txt"; 6295 6296 /* 6297 * Check if there is a match for the argument. 6298 */ 6299 n = find_help_tags(arg, &num_matches, &matches, 6300 eap != NULL && eap->forceit); 6301 6302 i = 0; 6303 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6304 if (n != FAIL && lang != NULL) 6305 /* Find first item with the requested language. */ 6306 for (i = 0; i < num_matches; ++i) 6307 { 6308 len = (int)STRLEN(matches[i]); 6309 if (len > 3 && matches[i][len - 3] == '@' 6310 && STRICMP(matches[i] + len - 2, lang) == 0) 6311 break; 6312 } 6313 #endif 6314 if (i >= num_matches || n == FAIL) 6315 { 6316 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6317 if (lang != NULL) 6318 EMSG3(_("E661: Sorry, no '%s' help for %s"), lang, arg); 6319 else 6320 #endif 6321 EMSG2(_("E149: Sorry, no help for %s"), arg); 6322 if (n != FAIL) 6323 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 6324 return; 6325 } 6326 6327 /* The first match (in the requested language) is the best match. */ 6328 tag = vim_strsave(matches[i]); 6329 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 6330 6331 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6332 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; 6333 #endif 6334 6335 /* 6336 * Re-use an existing help window or open a new one. 6337 * Always open a new one for ":tab help". 6338 */ 6339 if (!bt_help(curwin->w_buffer) || cmdmod.tab != 0) 6340 { 6341 if (cmdmod.tab != 0) 6342 wp = NULL; 6343 else 6344 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6345 if (bt_help(wp->w_buffer)) 6346 break; 6347 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_buffer->b_nwindows > 0) 6348 win_enter(wp, TRUE); 6349 else 6350 { 6351 /* 6352 * There is no help window yet. 6353 * Try to open the file specified by the "helpfile" option. 6354 */ 6355 if ((helpfd = mch_fopen((char *)p_hf, READBIN)) == NULL) 6356 { 6357 smsg((char_u *)_("Sorry, help file \"%s\" not found"), p_hf); 6358 goto erret; 6359 } 6360 fclose(helpfd); 6361 6362 /* Split off help window; put it at far top if no position 6363 * specified, the current window is vertically split and 6364 * narrow. */ 6365 n = WSP_HELP; 6366 if (cmdmod.split == 0 && curwin->w_width != Columns 6367 && curwin->w_width < 80) 6368 n |= WSP_TOP; 6369 if (win_split(0, n) == FAIL) 6370 goto erret; 6371 6372 if (curwin->w_height < p_hh) 6373 win_setheight((int)p_hh); 6374 6375 /* 6376 * Open help file (do_ecmd() will set b_help flag, readfile() will 6377 * set b_p_ro flag). 6378 * Set the alternate file to the previously edited file. 6379 */ 6380 alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; 6381 (void)do_ecmd(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, ECMD_LASTL, 6382 ECMD_HIDE + ECMD_SET_HELP, 6383 NULL); /* buffer is still open, don't store info */ 6384 if (!cmdmod.keepalt) 6385 curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum; 6386 empty_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; 6387 } 6388 } 6389 6390 if (!p_im) 6391 restart_edit = 0; /* don't want insert mode in help file */ 6392 6393 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6394 /* Restore KeyTyped, setting 'filetype=help' may reset it. 6395 * It is needed for do_tag top open folds under the cursor. */ 6396 KeyTyped = old_KeyTyped; 6397 #endif 6398 6399 if (tag != NULL) 6400 do_tag(tag, DT_HELP, 1, FALSE, TRUE); 6401 6402 /* Delete the empty buffer if we're not using it. Careful: autocommands 6403 * may have jumped to another window, check that the buffer is not in a 6404 * window. */ 6405 if (empty_fnum != 0 && curbuf->b_fnum != empty_fnum) 6406 { 6407 buf = buflist_findnr(empty_fnum); 6408 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_nwindows == 0) 6409 wipe_buffer(buf, TRUE); 6410 } 6411 6412 /* keep the previous alternate file */ 6413 if (alt_fnum != 0 && curwin->w_alt_fnum == empty_fnum && !cmdmod.keepalt) 6414 curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum; 6415 6416 erret: 6417 vim_free(tag); 6418 } 6419 6420 /* 6421 * ":helpclose": Close one help window 6422 */ 6423 void 6424 ex_helpclose(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 6425 { 6426 win_T *win; 6427 6428 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(win) 6429 { 6430 if (bt_help(win->w_buffer)) 6431 { 6432 win_close(win, FALSE); 6433 return; 6434 } 6435 } 6436 } 6437 6438 #if defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG) || defined(PROTO) 6439 /* 6440 * In an argument search for a language specifiers in the form "@xx". 6441 * Changes the "@" to NUL if found, and returns a pointer to "xx". 6442 * Returns NULL if not found. 6443 */ 6444 char_u * 6445 check_help_lang(char_u *arg) 6446 { 6447 int len = (int)STRLEN(arg); 6448 6449 if (len >= 3 && arg[len - 3] == '@' && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 2]) 6450 && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 1])) 6451 { 6452 arg[len - 3] = NUL; /* remove the '@' */ 6453 return arg + len - 2; 6454 } 6455 return NULL; 6456 } 6457 #endif 6458 6459 /* 6460 * Return a heuristic indicating how well the given string matches. The 6461 * smaller the number, the better the match. This is the order of priorities, 6462 * from best match to worst match: 6463 * - Match with least alpha-numeric characters is better. 6464 * - Match with least total characters is better. 6465 * - Match towards the start is better. 6466 * - Match starting with "+" is worse (feature instead of command) 6467 * Assumption is made that the matched_string passed has already been found to 6468 * match some string for which help is requested. webb. 6469 */ 6470 int 6471 help_heuristic( 6472 char_u *matched_string, 6473 int offset, /* offset for match */ 6474 int wrong_case) /* no matching case */ 6475 { 6476 int num_letters; 6477 char_u *p; 6478 6479 num_letters = 0; 6480 for (p = matched_string; *p; p++) 6481 if (ASCII_ISALNUM(*p)) 6482 num_letters++; 6483 6484 /* 6485 * Multiply the number of letters by 100 to give it a much bigger 6486 * weighting than the number of characters. 6487 * If there only is a match while ignoring case, add 5000. 6488 * If the match starts in the middle of a word, add 10000 to put it 6489 * somewhere in the last half. 6490 * If the match is more than 2 chars from the start, multiply by 200 to 6491 * put it after matches at the start. 6492 */ 6493 if (ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset]) && offset > 0 6494 && ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset - 1])) 6495 offset += 10000; 6496 else if (offset > 2) 6497 offset *= 200; 6498 if (wrong_case) 6499 offset += 5000; 6500 /* Features are less interesting than the subjects themselves, but "+" 6501 * alone is not a feature. */ 6502 if (matched_string[0] == '+' && matched_string[1] != NUL) 6503 offset += 100; 6504 return (int)(100 * num_letters + STRLEN(matched_string) + offset); 6505 } 6506 6507 /* 6508 * Compare functions for qsort() below, that checks the help heuristics number 6509 * that has been put after the tagname by find_tags(). 6510 */ 6511 static int 6512 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 6513 _RTLENTRYF 6514 #endif 6515 help_compare(const void *s1, const void *s2) 6516 { 6517 char *p1; 6518 char *p2; 6519 6520 p1 = *(char **)s1 + strlen(*(char **)s1) + 1; 6521 p2 = *(char **)s2 + strlen(*(char **)s2) + 1; 6522 return strcmp(p1, p2); 6523 } 6524 6525 /* 6526 * Find all help tags matching "arg", sort them and return in matches[], with 6527 * the number of matches in num_matches. 6528 * The matches will be sorted with a "best" match algorithm. 6529 * When "keep_lang" is TRUE try keeping the language of the current buffer. 6530 */ 6531 int 6532 find_help_tags( 6533 char_u *arg, 6534 int *num_matches, 6535 char_u ***matches, 6536 int keep_lang) 6537 { 6538 char_u *s, *d; 6539 int i; 6540 static char *(mtable[]) = {"*", "g*", "[*", "]*", ":*", 6541 "/*", "/\\*", "\"*", "**", 6542 "cpo-*", "/\\(\\)", "/\\%(\\)", 6543 "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??", 6544 "/\\?", "/\\z(\\)", "\\=", ":s\\=", 6545 "[count]", "[quotex]", 6546 "[range]", ":[range]", 6547 "[pattern]", "\\|", "\\%$", 6548 "s/\\~", "s/\\U", "s/\\L", 6549 "s/\\1", "s/\\2", "s/\\3", "s/\\9"}; 6550 static char *(rtable[]) = {"star", "gstar", "[star", "]star", ":star", 6551 "/star", "/\\\\star", "quotestar", "starstar", 6552 "cpo-star", "/\\\\(\\\\)", "/\\\\%(\\\\)", 6553 "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??", 6554 "/\\\\?", "/\\\\z(\\\\)", "\\\\=", ":s\\\\=", 6555 "\\[count]", "\\[quotex]", 6556 "\\[range]", ":\\[range]", 6557 "\\[pattern]", "\\\\bar", "/\\\\%\\$", 6558 "s/\\\\\\~", "s/\\\\U", "s/\\\\L", 6559 "s/\\\\1", "s/\\\\2", "s/\\\\3", "s/\\\\9"}; 6560 int flags; 6561 6562 d = IObuff; /* assume IObuff is long enough! */ 6563 6564 /* 6565 * Recognize a few exceptions to the rule. Some strings that contain '*' 6566 * with "star". Otherwise '*' is recognized as a wildcard. 6567 */ 6568 for (i = (int)(sizeof(mtable) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; ) 6569 if (STRCMP(arg, mtable[i]) == 0) 6570 { 6571 STRCPY(d, rtable[i]); 6572 break; 6573 } 6574 6575 if (i < 0) /* no match in table */ 6576 { 6577 /* Replace "\S" with "/\\S", etc. Otherwise every tag is matched. 6578 * Also replace "\%^" and "\%(", they match every tag too. 6579 * Also "\zs", "\z1", etc. 6580 * Also "\@<", "\@=", "\@<=", etc. 6581 * And also "\_$" and "\_^". */ 6582 if (arg[0] == '\\' 6583 && ((arg[1] != NUL && arg[2] == NUL) 6584 || (vim_strchr((char_u *)"%_z@", arg[1]) != NULL 6585 && arg[2] != NUL))) 6586 { 6587 STRCPY(d, "/\\\\"); 6588 STRCPY(d + 3, arg + 1); 6589 /* Check for "/\\_$", should be "/\\_\$" */ 6590 if (d[3] == '_' && d[4] == '$') 6591 STRCPY(d + 4, "\\$"); 6592 } 6593 else 6594 { 6595 /* Replace: 6596 * "[:...:]" with "\[:...:]" 6597 * "[++...]" with "\[++...]" 6598 * "\{" with "\\{" -- matching "} \}" 6599 */ 6600 if ((arg[0] == '[' && (arg[1] == ':' 6601 || (arg[1] == '+' && arg[2] == '+'))) 6602 || (arg[0] == '\\' && arg[1] == '{')) 6603 *d++ = '\\'; 6604 6605 /* 6606 * If tag starts with "('", skip the "(". Fixes CTRL-] on ('option'. 6607 */ 6608 if (*arg == '(' && arg[1] == '\'') 6609 arg++; 6610 for (s = arg; *s; ++s) 6611 { 6612 /* 6613 * Replace "|" with "bar" and '"' with "quote" to match the name of 6614 * the tags for these commands. 6615 * Replace "*" with ".*" and "?" with "." to match command line 6616 * completion. 6617 * Insert a backslash before '~', '$' and '.' to avoid their 6618 * special meaning. 6619 */ 6620 if (d - IObuff > IOSIZE - 10) /* getting too long!? */ 6621 break; 6622 switch (*s) 6623 { 6624 case '|': STRCPY(d, "bar"); 6625 d += 3; 6626 continue; 6627 case '"': STRCPY(d, "quote"); 6628 d += 5; 6629 continue; 6630 case '*': *d++ = '.'; 6631 break; 6632 case '?': *d++ = '.'; 6633 continue; 6634 case '$': 6635 case '.': 6636 case '~': *d++ = '\\'; 6637 break; 6638 } 6639 6640 /* 6641 * Replace "^x" by "CTRL-X". Don't do this for "^_" to make 6642 * ":help i_^_CTRL-D" work. 6643 * Insert '-' before and after "CTRL-X" when applicable. 6644 */ 6645 if (*s < ' ' || (*s == '^' && s[1] && (ASCII_ISALPHA(s[1]) 6646 || vim_strchr((char_u *)"?@[\\]^", s[1]) != NULL))) 6647 { 6648 if (d > IObuff && d[-1] != '_' && d[-1] != '\\') 6649 *d++ = '_'; /* prepend a '_' to make x_CTRL-x */ 6650 STRCPY(d, "CTRL-"); 6651 d += 5; 6652 if (*s < ' ') 6653 { 6654 #ifdef EBCDIC 6655 *d++ = CtrlChar(*s); 6656 #else 6657 *d++ = *s + '@'; 6658 #endif 6659 if (d[-1] == '\\') 6660 *d++ = '\\'; /* double a backslash */ 6661 } 6662 else 6663 *d++ = *++s; 6664 if (s[1] != NUL && s[1] != '_') 6665 *d++ = '_'; /* append a '_' */ 6666 continue; 6667 } 6668 else if (*s == '^') /* "^" or "CTRL-^" or "^_" */ 6669 *d++ = '\\'; 6670 6671 /* 6672 * Insert a backslash before a backslash after a slash, for search 6673 * pattern tags: "/\|" --> "/\\|". 6674 */ 6675 else if (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != '\\' 6676 && *arg == '/' && s == arg + 1) 6677 *d++ = '\\'; 6678 6679 /* "CTRL-\_" -> "CTRL-\\_" to avoid the special meaning of "\_" in 6680 * "CTRL-\_CTRL-N" */ 6681 if (STRNICMP(s, "CTRL-\\_", 7) == 0) 6682 { 6683 STRCPY(d, "CTRL-\\\\"); 6684 d += 7; 6685 s += 6; 6686 } 6687 6688 *d++ = *s; 6689 6690 /* 6691 * If tag contains "({" or "([", tag terminates at the "(". 6692 * This is for help on functions, e.g.: abs({expr}). 6693 */ 6694 if (*s == '(' && (s[1] == '{' || s[1] =='[')) 6695 break; 6696 6697 /* 6698 * If tag starts with ', toss everything after a second '. Fixes 6699 * CTRL-] on 'option'. (would include the trailing '.'). 6700 */ 6701 if (*s == '\'' && s > arg && *arg == '\'') 6702 break; 6703 /* Also '{' and '}'. */ 6704 if (*s == '}' && s > arg && *arg == '{') 6705 break; 6706 } 6707 *d = NUL; 6708 6709 if (*IObuff == '`') 6710 { 6711 if (d > IObuff + 2 && d[-1] == '`') 6712 { 6713 /* remove the backticks from `command` */ 6714 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); 6715 d[-2] = NUL; 6716 } 6717 else if (d > IObuff + 3 && d[-2] == '`' && d[-1] == ',') 6718 { 6719 /* remove the backticks and comma from `command`, */ 6720 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); 6721 d[-3] = NUL; 6722 } 6723 else if (d > IObuff + 4 && d[-3] == '`' 6724 && d[-2] == '\\' && d[-1] == '.') 6725 { 6726 /* remove the backticks and dot from `command`\. */ 6727 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); 6728 d[-4] = NUL; 6729 } 6730 } 6731 } 6732 } 6733 6734 *matches = (char_u **)""; 6735 *num_matches = 0; 6736 flags = TAG_HELP | TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_VERBOSE; 6737 if (keep_lang) 6738 flags |= TAG_KEEP_LANG; 6739 if (find_tags(IObuff, num_matches, matches, flags, (int)MAXCOL, NULL) == OK 6740 && *num_matches > 0) 6741 { 6742 /* Sort the matches found on the heuristic number that is after the 6743 * tag name. */ 6744 qsort((void *)*matches, (size_t)*num_matches, 6745 sizeof(char_u *), help_compare); 6746 /* Delete more than TAG_MANY to reduce the size of the listing. */ 6747 while (*num_matches > TAG_MANY) 6748 vim_free((*matches)[--*num_matches]); 6749 } 6750 return OK; 6751 } 6752 6753 /* 6754 * Called when starting to edit a buffer for a help file. 6755 */ 6756 static void 6757 prepare_help_buffer(void) 6758 { 6759 char_u *p; 6760 6761 curbuf->b_help = TRUE; 6762 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6763 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"buftype", -1, 6764 (char_u *)"help", OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); 6765 #endif 6766 6767 /* 6768 * Always set these options after jumping to a help tag, because the 6769 * user may have an autocommand that gets in the way. 6770 * Accept all ASCII chars for keywords, except ' ', '*', '"', '|', and 6771 * latin1 word characters (for translated help files). 6772 * Only set it when needed, buf_init_chartab() is some work. 6773 */ 6774 p = 6775 #ifdef EBCDIC 6776 (char_u *)"65-255,^*,^|,^\""; 6777 #else 6778 (char_u *)"!-~,^*,^|,^\",192-255"; 6779 #endif 6780 if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_isk, p) != 0) 6781 { 6782 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"isk", -1, p, OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); 6783 check_buf_options(curbuf); 6784 (void)buf_init_chartab(curbuf, FALSE); 6785 } 6786 6787 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6788 /* Don't use the global foldmethod.*/ 6789 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"fdm", -1, (char_u *)"manual", 6790 OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); 6791 #endif 6792 6793 curbuf->b_p_ts = 8; /* 'tabstop' is 8 */ 6794 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; /* no list mode */ 6795 6796 curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE; /* not modifiable */ 6797 curbuf->b_p_bin = FALSE; /* reset 'bin' before reading file */ 6798 curwin->w_p_nu = 0; /* no line numbers */ 6799 curwin->w_p_rnu = 0; /* no relative line numbers */ 6800 RESET_BINDING(curwin); /* no scroll or cursor binding */ 6801 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 6802 curwin->w_p_arab = FALSE; /* no arabic mode */ 6803 #endif 6804 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6805 curwin->w_p_rl = FALSE; /* help window is left-to-right */ 6806 #endif 6807 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6808 curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE; /* No folding in the help window */ 6809 #endif 6810 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 6811 curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE; /* No 'diff' */ 6812 #endif 6813 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6814 curwin->w_p_spell = FALSE; /* No spell checking */ 6815 #endif 6816 6817 set_buflisted(FALSE); 6818 } 6819 6820 /* 6821 * After reading a help file: May cleanup a help buffer when syntax 6822 * highlighting is not used. 6823 */ 6824 void 6825 fix_help_buffer(void) 6826 { 6827 linenr_T lnum; 6828 char_u *line; 6829 int in_example = FALSE; 6830 int len; 6831 char_u *fname; 6832 char_u *p; 6833 char_u *rt; 6834 int mustfree; 6835 6836 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 6837 /* Set filetype to "help" if still needed. */ 6838 if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_ft, "help") != 0) 6839 { 6840 ++curbuf_lock; 6841 set_option_value((char_u *)"ft", 0L, (char_u *)"help", OPT_LOCAL); 6842 --curbuf_lock; 6843 } 6844 #endif 6845 6846 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 6847 if (!syntax_present(curwin)) 6848 #endif 6849 { 6850 for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) 6851 { 6852 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE); 6853 len = (int)STRLEN(line); 6854 if (in_example && len > 0 && !VIM_ISWHITE(line[0])) 6855 { 6856 /* End of example: non-white or '<' in first column. */ 6857 if (line[0] == '<') 6858 { 6859 /* blank-out a '<' in the first column */ 6860 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); 6861 line[0] = ' '; 6862 } 6863 in_example = FALSE; 6864 } 6865 if (!in_example && len > 0) 6866 { 6867 if (line[len - 1] == '>' && (len == 1 || line[len - 2] == ' ')) 6868 { 6869 /* blank-out a '>' in the last column (start of example) */ 6870 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); 6871 line[len - 1] = ' '; 6872 in_example = TRUE; 6873 } 6874 else if (line[len - 1] == '~') 6875 { 6876 /* blank-out a '~' at the end of line (header marker) */ 6877 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); 6878 line[len - 1] = ' '; 6879 } 6880 } 6881 } 6882 } 6883 6884 /* 6885 * In the "help.txt" and "help.abx" file, add the locally added help 6886 * files. This uses the very first line in the help file. 6887 */ 6888 fname = gettail(curbuf->b_fname); 6889 if (fnamecmp(fname, "help.txt") == 0 6890 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6891 || (fnamencmp(fname, "help.", 5) == 0 6892 && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[5]) 6893 && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[6]) 6894 && TOLOWER_ASC(fname[7]) == 'x' 6895 && fname[8] == NUL) 6896 #endif 6897 ) 6898 { 6899 for (lnum = 1; lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) 6900 { 6901 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE); 6902 if (strstr((char *)line, "*local-additions*") == NULL) 6903 continue; 6904 6905 /* Go through all directories in 'runtimepath', skipping 6906 * $VIMRUNTIME. */ 6907 p = p_rtp; 6908 while (*p != NUL) 6909 { 6910 copy_option_part(&p, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, ","); 6911 mustfree = FALSE; 6912 rt = vim_getenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", &mustfree); 6913 if (fullpathcmp(rt, NameBuff, FALSE) != FPC_SAME) 6914 { 6915 int fcount; 6916 char_u **fnames; 6917 FILE *fd; 6918 char_u *s; 6919 int fi; 6920 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6921 vimconv_T vc; 6922 char_u *cp; 6923 #endif 6924 6925 /* Find all "doc/ *.txt" files in this directory. */ 6926 add_pathsep(NameBuff); 6927 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6928 STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.??[tx]"); 6929 #else 6930 STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.txt"); 6931 #endif 6932 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &fcount, 6933 &fnames, EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == OK 6934 && fcount > 0) 6935 { 6936 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 6937 int i1, i2; 6938 char_u *f1, *f2; 6939 char_u *t1, *t2; 6940 char_u *e1, *e2; 6941 6942 /* If foo.abx is found use it instead of foo.txt in 6943 * the same directory. */ 6944 for (i1 = 0; i1 < fcount; ++i1) 6945 { 6946 for (i2 = 0; i2 < fcount; ++i2) 6947 { 6948 if (i1 == i2) 6949 continue; 6950 if (fnames[i1] == NULL || fnames[i2] == NULL) 6951 continue; 6952 f1 = fnames[i1]; 6953 f2 = fnames[i2]; 6954 t1 = gettail(f1); 6955 t2 = gettail(f2); 6956 e1 = vim_strrchr(t1, '.'); 6957 e2 = vim_strrchr(t2, '.'); 6958 if (e1 == NULL || e2 == NULL) 6959 continue; 6960 if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") != 0 6961 && fnamecmp(e1, fname + 4) != 0) 6962 { 6963 /* Not .txt and not .abx, remove it. */ 6964 vim_free(fnames[i1]); 6965 fnames[i1] = NULL; 6966 continue; 6967 } 6968 if (e1 - f1 != e2 - f2 6969 || fnamencmp(f1, f2, e1 - f1) != 0) 6970 continue; 6971 if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") == 0 6972 && fnamecmp(e2, fname + 4) == 0) 6973 { 6974 /* use .abx instead of .txt */ 6975 vim_free(fnames[i1]); 6976 fnames[i1] = NULL; 6977 } 6978 } 6979 } 6980 #endif 6981 for (fi = 0; fi < fcount; ++fi) 6982 { 6983 if (fnames[fi] == NULL) 6984 continue; 6985 fd = mch_fopen((char *)fnames[fi], "r"); 6986 if (fd != NULL) 6987 { 6988 vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd); 6989 if (IObuff[0] == '*' 6990 && (s = vim_strchr(IObuff + 1, '*')) 6991 != NULL) 6992 { 6993 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6994 int this_utf = MAYBE; 6995 #endif 6996 /* Change tag definition to a 6997 * reference and remove <CR>/<NL>. */ 6998 IObuff[0] = '|'; 6999 *s = '|'; 7000 while (*s != NUL) 7001 { 7002 if (*s == '\r' || *s == '\n') 7003 *s = NUL; 7004 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7005 /* The text is utf-8 when a byte 7006 * above 127 is found and no 7007 * illegal byte sequence is found. 7008 */ 7009 if (*s >= 0x80 && this_utf != FALSE) 7010 { 7011 int l; 7012 7013 this_utf = TRUE; 7014 l = utf_ptr2len(s); 7015 if (l == 1) 7016 this_utf = FALSE; 7017 s += l - 1; 7018 } 7019 #endif 7020 ++s; 7021 } 7022 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7023 /* The help file is latin1 or utf-8; 7024 * conversion to the current 7025 * 'encoding' may be required. */ 7026 vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE; 7027 convert_setup(&vc, (char_u *)( 7028 this_utf == TRUE ? "utf-8" 7029 : "latin1"), p_enc); 7030 if (vc.vc_type == CONV_NONE) 7031 /* No conversion needed. */ 7032 cp = IObuff; 7033 else 7034 { 7035 /* Do the conversion. If it fails 7036 * use the unconverted text. */ 7037 cp = string_convert(&vc, IObuff, 7038 NULL); 7039 if (cp == NULL) 7040 cp = IObuff; 7041 } 7042 convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL); 7043 7044 ml_append(lnum, cp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); 7045 if (cp != IObuff) 7046 vim_free(cp); 7047 #else 7048 ml_append(lnum, IObuff, (colnr_T)0, 7049 FALSE); 7050 #endif 7051 ++lnum; 7052 } 7053 fclose(fd); 7054 } 7055 } 7056 FreeWild(fcount, fnames); 7057 } 7058 } 7059 if (mustfree) 7060 vim_free(rt); 7061 } 7062 break; 7063 } 7064 } 7065 } 7066 7067 /* 7068 * ":exusage" 7069 */ 7070 void 7071 ex_exusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 7072 { 7073 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help ex-cmd-index"); 7074 } 7075 7076 /* 7077 * ":viusage" 7078 */ 7079 void 7080 ex_viusage(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 7081 { 7082 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help normal-index"); 7083 } 7084 7085 /* 7086 * Generate tags in one help directory. 7087 */ 7088 static void 7089 helptags_one( 7090 char_u *dir, /* doc directory */ 7091 char_u *ext, /* suffix, ".txt", ".itx", ".frx", etc. */ 7092 char_u *tagfname, /* "tags" for English, "tags-fr" for French. */ 7093 int add_help_tags) /* add "help-tags" tag */ 7094 { 7095 FILE *fd_tags; 7096 FILE *fd; 7097 garray_T ga; 7098 int filecount; 7099 char_u **files; 7100 char_u *p1, *p2; 7101 int fi; 7102 char_u *s; 7103 int i; 7104 char_u *fname; 7105 int dirlen; 7106 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7107 int utf8 = MAYBE; 7108 int this_utf8; 7109 int firstline; 7110 int mix = FALSE; /* detected mixed encodings */ 7111 # endif 7112 7113 /* 7114 * Find all *.txt files. 7115 */ 7116 dirlen = (int)STRLEN(dir); 7117 STRCPY(NameBuff, dir); 7118 STRCAT(NameBuff, "/**/*"); 7119 STRCAT(NameBuff, ext); 7120 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files, 7121 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL 7122 || filecount == 0) 7123 { 7124 if (!got_int) 7125 EMSG2(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff); 7126 return; 7127 } 7128 7129 /* 7130 * Open the tags file for writing. 7131 * Do this before scanning through all the files. 7132 */ 7133 STRCPY(NameBuff, dir); 7134 add_pathsep(NameBuff); 7135 STRCAT(NameBuff, tagfname); 7136 fd_tags = mch_fopen((char *)NameBuff, "w"); 7137 if (fd_tags == NULL) 7138 { 7139 EMSG2(_("E152: Cannot open %s for writing"), NameBuff); 7140 FreeWild(filecount, files); 7141 return; 7142 } 7143 7144 /* 7145 * If using the "++t" argument or generating tags for "$VIMRUNTIME/doc" 7146 * add the "help-tags" tag. 7147 */ 7148 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100); 7149 if (add_help_tags || fullpathcmp((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/doc", 7150 dir, FALSE) == FPC_SAME) 7151 { 7152 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL) 7153 got_int = TRUE; 7154 else 7155 { 7156 s = alloc(18 + (unsigned)STRLEN(tagfname)); 7157 if (s == NULL) 7158 got_int = TRUE; 7159 else 7160 { 7161 sprintf((char *)s, "help-tags\t%s\t1\n", tagfname); 7162 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s; 7163 ++ga.ga_len; 7164 } 7165 } 7166 } 7167 7168 /* 7169 * Go over all the files and extract the tags. 7170 */ 7171 for (fi = 0; fi < filecount && !got_int; ++fi) 7172 { 7173 fd = mch_fopen((char *)files[fi], "r"); 7174 if (fd == NULL) 7175 { 7176 EMSG2(_("E153: Unable to open %s for reading"), files[fi]); 7177 continue; 7178 } 7179 fname = files[fi] + dirlen + 1; 7180 7181 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7182 firstline = TRUE; 7183 # endif 7184 while (!vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd) && !got_int) 7185 { 7186 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7187 if (firstline) 7188 { 7189 /* Detect utf-8 file by a non-ASCII char in the first line. */ 7190 this_utf8 = MAYBE; 7191 for (s = IObuff; *s != NUL; ++s) 7192 if (*s >= 0x80) 7193 { 7194 int l; 7195 7196 this_utf8 = TRUE; 7197 l = utf_ptr2len(s); 7198 if (l == 1) 7199 { 7200 /* Illegal UTF-8 byte sequence. */ 7201 this_utf8 = FALSE; 7202 break; 7203 } 7204 s += l - 1; 7205 } 7206 if (this_utf8 == MAYBE) /* only ASCII characters found */ 7207 this_utf8 = FALSE; 7208 if (utf8 == MAYBE) /* first file */ 7209 utf8 = this_utf8; 7210 else if (utf8 != this_utf8) 7211 { 7212 EMSG2(_("E670: Mix of help file encodings within a language: %s"), files[fi]); 7213 mix = !got_int; 7214 got_int = TRUE; 7215 } 7216 firstline = FALSE; 7217 } 7218 # endif 7219 p1 = vim_strchr(IObuff, '*'); /* find first '*' */ 7220 while (p1 != NULL) 7221 { 7222 /* Use vim_strbyte() instead of vim_strchr() so that when 7223 * 'encoding' is dbcs it still works, don't find '*' in the 7224 * second byte. */ 7225 p2 = vim_strbyte(p1 + 1, '*'); /* find second '*' */ 7226 if (p2 != NULL && p2 > p1 + 1) /* skip "*" and "**" */ 7227 { 7228 for (s = p1 + 1; s < p2; ++s) 7229 if (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '|') 7230 break; 7231 7232 /* 7233 * Only accept a *tag* when it consists of valid 7234 * characters, there is white space before it and is 7235 * followed by a white character or end-of-line. 7236 */ 7237 if (s == p2 7238 && (p1 == IObuff || p1[-1] == ' ' || p1[-1] == '\t') 7239 && (vim_strchr((char_u *)" \t\n\r", s[1]) != NULL 7240 || s[1] == '\0')) 7241 { 7242 *p2 = '\0'; 7243 ++p1; 7244 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL) 7245 { 7246 got_int = TRUE; 7247 break; 7248 } 7249 s = alloc((unsigned)(p2 - p1 + STRLEN(fname) + 2)); 7250 if (s == NULL) 7251 { 7252 got_int = TRUE; 7253 break; 7254 } 7255 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s; 7256 ++ga.ga_len; 7257 sprintf((char *)s, "%s\t%s", p1, fname); 7258 7259 /* find next '*' */ 7260 p2 = vim_strchr(p2 + 1, '*'); 7261 } 7262 } 7263 p1 = p2; 7264 } 7265 line_breakcheck(); 7266 } 7267 7268 fclose(fd); 7269 } 7270 7271 FreeWild(filecount, files); 7272 7273 if (!got_int) 7274 { 7275 /* 7276 * Sort the tags. 7277 */ 7278 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) 7279 sort_strings((char_u **)ga.ga_data, ga.ga_len); 7280 7281 /* 7282 * Check for duplicates. 7283 */ 7284 for (i = 1; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) 7285 { 7286 p1 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i - 1]; 7287 p2 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]; 7288 while (*p1 == *p2) 7289 { 7290 if (*p2 == '\t') 7291 { 7292 *p2 = NUL; 7293 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, 7294 _("E154: Duplicate tag \"%s\" in file %s/%s"), 7295 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i], dir, p2 + 1); 7296 EMSG(NameBuff); 7297 *p2 = '\t'; 7298 break; 7299 } 7300 ++p1; 7301 ++p2; 7302 } 7303 } 7304 7305 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7306 if (utf8 == TRUE) 7307 fprintf(fd_tags, "!_TAG_FILE_ENCODING\tutf-8\t//\n"); 7308 # endif 7309 7310 /* 7311 * Write the tags into the file. 7312 */ 7313 for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) 7314 { 7315 s = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]; 7316 if (STRNCMP(s, "help-tags\t", 10) == 0) 7317 /* help-tags entry was added in formatted form */ 7318 fputs((char *)s, fd_tags); 7319 else 7320 { 7321 fprintf(fd_tags, "%s\t/*", s); 7322 for (p1 = s; *p1 != '\t'; ++p1) 7323 { 7324 /* insert backslash before '\\' and '/' */ 7325 if (*p1 == '\\' || *p1 == '/') 7326 putc('\\', fd_tags); 7327 putc(*p1, fd_tags); 7328 } 7329 fprintf(fd_tags, "*\n"); 7330 } 7331 } 7332 } 7333 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7334 if (mix) 7335 got_int = FALSE; /* continue with other languages */ 7336 #endif 7337 7338 for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) 7339 vim_free(((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]); 7340 ga_clear(&ga); 7341 fclose(fd_tags); /* there is no check for an error... */ 7342 } 7343 7344 /* 7345 * Generate tags in one help directory, taking care of translations. 7346 */ 7347 static void 7348 do_helptags(char_u *dirname, int add_help_tags) 7349 { 7350 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG 7351 int len; 7352 int i, j; 7353 garray_T ga; 7354 char_u lang[2]; 7355 char_u ext[5]; 7356 char_u fname[8]; 7357 int filecount; 7358 char_u **files; 7359 7360 /* Get a list of all files in the help directory and in subdirectories. */ 7361 STRCPY(NameBuff, dirname); 7362 add_pathsep(NameBuff); 7363 STRCAT(NameBuff, "**"); 7364 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files, 7365 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL 7366 || filecount == 0) 7367 { 7368 EMSG2(_("E151: No match: %s"), NameBuff); 7369 return; 7370 } 7371 7372 /* Go over all files in the directory to find out what languages are 7373 * present. */ 7374 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 10); 7375 for (i = 0; i < filecount; ++i) 7376 { 7377 len = (int)STRLEN(files[i]); 7378 if (len > 4) 7379 { 7380 if (STRICMP(files[i] + len - 4, ".txt") == 0) 7381 { 7382 /* ".txt" -> language "en" */ 7383 lang[0] = 'e'; 7384 lang[1] = 'n'; 7385 } 7386 else if (files[i][len - 4] == '.' 7387 && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 3]) 7388 && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 2]) 7389 && TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 1]) == 'x') 7390 { 7391 /* ".abx" -> language "ab" */ 7392 lang[0] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 3]); 7393 lang[1] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 2]); 7394 } 7395 else 7396 continue; 7397 7398 /* Did we find this language already? */ 7399 for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2) 7400 if (STRNCMP(lang, ((char_u *)ga.ga_data) + j, 2) == 0) 7401 break; 7402 if (j == ga.ga_len) 7403 { 7404 /* New language, add it. */ 7405 if (ga_grow(&ga, 2) == FAIL) 7406 break; 7407 ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[0]; 7408 ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[1]; 7409 } 7410 } 7411 } 7412 7413 /* 7414 * Loop over the found languages to generate a tags file for each one. 7415 */ 7416 for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2) 7417 { 7418 STRCPY(fname, "tags-xx"); 7419 fname[5] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j]; 7420 fname[6] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j + 1]; 7421 if (fname[5] == 'e' && fname[6] == 'n') 7422 { 7423 /* English is an exception: use ".txt" and "tags". */ 7424 fname[4] = NUL; 7425 STRCPY(ext, ".txt"); 7426 } 7427 else 7428 { 7429 /* Language "ab" uses ".abx" and "tags-ab". */ 7430 STRCPY(ext, ".xxx"); 7431 ext[1] = fname[5]; 7432 ext[2] = fname[6]; 7433 } 7434 helptags_one(dirname, ext, fname, add_help_tags); 7435 } 7436 7437 ga_clear(&ga); 7438 FreeWild(filecount, files); 7439 7440 #else 7441 /* No language support, just use "*.txt" and "tags". */ 7442 helptags_one(dirname, (char_u *)".txt", (char_u *)"tags", add_help_tags); 7443 #endif 7444 } 7445 7446 static void 7447 helptags_cb(char_u *fname, void *cookie) 7448 { 7449 do_helptags(fname, *(int *)cookie); 7450 } 7451 7452 /* 7453 * ":helptags" 7454 */ 7455 void 7456 ex_helptags(exarg_T *eap) 7457 { 7458 expand_T xpc; 7459 char_u *dirname; 7460 int add_help_tags = FALSE; 7461 7462 /* Check for ":helptags ++t {dir}". */ 7463 if (STRNCMP(eap->arg, "++t", 3) == 0 && VIM_ISWHITE(eap->arg[3])) 7464 { 7465 add_help_tags = TRUE; 7466 eap->arg = skipwhite(eap->arg + 3); 7467 } 7468 7469 if (STRCMP(eap->arg, "ALL") == 0) 7470 { 7471 do_in_path(p_rtp, (char_u *)"doc", DIP_ALL + DIP_DIR, 7472 helptags_cb, &add_help_tags); 7473 } 7474 else 7475 { 7476 ExpandInit(&xpc); 7477 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_DIRECTORIES; 7478 dirname = ExpandOne(&xpc, eap->arg, NULL, 7479 WILD_LIST_NOTFOUND|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); 7480 if (dirname == NULL || !mch_isdir(dirname)) 7481 EMSG2(_("E150: Not a directory: %s"), eap->arg); 7482 else 7483 do_helptags(dirname, add_help_tags); 7484 vim_free(dirname); 7485 } 7486 } 7487 7488 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 7489 7490 /* 7491 * Struct to hold the sign properties. 7492 */ 7493 typedef struct sign sign_T; 7494 7495 struct sign 7496 { 7497 sign_T *sn_next; /* next sign in list */ 7498 int sn_typenr; /* type number of sign */ 7499 char_u *sn_name; /* name of sign */ 7500 char_u *sn_icon; /* name of pixmap */ 7501 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 7502 void *sn_image; /* icon image */ 7503 # endif 7504 char_u *sn_text; /* text used instead of pixmap */ 7505 int sn_line_hl; /* highlight ID for line */ 7506 int sn_text_hl; /* highlight ID for text */ 7507 }; 7508 7509 static sign_T *first_sign = NULL; 7510 static int next_sign_typenr = 1; 7511 7512 static int sign_cmd_idx(char_u *begin_cmd, char_u *end_cmd); 7513 static void sign_list_defined(sign_T *sp); 7514 static void sign_undefine(sign_T *sp, sign_T *sp_prev); 7515 7516 static char *cmds[] = { 7517 "define", 7518 # define SIGNCMD_DEFINE 0 7519 "undefine", 7520 # define SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE 1 7521 "list", 7522 # define SIGNCMD_LIST 2 7523 "place", 7524 # define SIGNCMD_PLACE 3 7525 "unplace", 7526 # define SIGNCMD_UNPLACE 4 7527 "jump", 7528 # define SIGNCMD_JUMP 5 7529 NULL 7530 # define SIGNCMD_LAST 6 7531 }; 7532 7533 /* 7534 * Find index of a ":sign" subcmd from its name. 7535 * "*end_cmd" must be writable. 7536 */ 7537 static int 7538 sign_cmd_idx( 7539 char_u *begin_cmd, /* begin of sign subcmd */ 7540 char_u *end_cmd) /* just after sign subcmd */ 7541 { 7542 int idx; 7543 char save = *end_cmd; 7544 7545 *end_cmd = NUL; 7546 for (idx = 0; ; ++idx) 7547 if (cmds[idx] == NULL || STRCMP(begin_cmd, cmds[idx]) == 0) 7548 break; 7549 *end_cmd = save; 7550 return idx; 7551 } 7552 7553 /* 7554 * ":sign" command 7555 */ 7556 void 7557 ex_sign(exarg_T *eap) 7558 { 7559 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 7560 char_u *p; 7561 int idx; 7562 sign_T *sp; 7563 sign_T *sp_prev; 7564 buf_T *buf = NULL; 7565 7566 /* Parse the subcommand. */ 7567 p = skiptowhite(arg); 7568 idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, p); 7569 if (idx == SIGNCMD_LAST) 7570 { 7571 EMSG2(_("E160: Unknown sign command: %s"), arg); 7572 return; 7573 } 7574 arg = skipwhite(p); 7575 7576 if (idx <= SIGNCMD_LIST) 7577 { 7578 /* 7579 * Define, undefine or list signs. 7580 */ 7581 if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST && *arg == NUL) 7582 { 7583 /* ":sign list": list all defined signs */ 7584 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL && !got_int; sp = sp->sn_next) 7585 sign_list_defined(sp); 7586 } 7587 else if (*arg == NUL) 7588 EMSG(_("E156: Missing sign name")); 7589 else 7590 { 7591 /* Isolate the sign name. If it's a number skip leading zeroes, 7592 * so that "099" and "99" are the same sign. But keep "0". */ 7593 p = skiptowhite(arg); 7594 if (*p != NUL) 7595 *p++ = NUL; 7596 while (arg[0] == '0' && arg[1] != NUL) 7597 ++arg; 7598 7599 sp_prev = NULL; 7600 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 7601 { 7602 if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, arg) == 0) 7603 break; 7604 sp_prev = sp; 7605 } 7606 if (idx == SIGNCMD_DEFINE) 7607 { 7608 /* ":sign define {name} ...": define a sign */ 7609 if (sp == NULL) 7610 { 7611 sign_T *lp; 7612 int start = next_sign_typenr; 7613 7614 /* Allocate a new sign. */ 7615 sp = (sign_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(sign_T)); 7616 if (sp == NULL) 7617 return; 7618 7619 /* Check that next_sign_typenr is not already being used. 7620 * This only happens after wrapping around. Hopefully 7621 * another one got deleted and we can use its number. */ 7622 for (lp = first_sign; lp != NULL; ) 7623 { 7624 if (lp->sn_typenr == next_sign_typenr) 7625 { 7626 ++next_sign_typenr; 7627 if (next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR) 7628 next_sign_typenr = 1; 7629 if (next_sign_typenr == start) 7630 { 7631 vim_free(sp); 7632 EMSG(_("E612: Too many signs defined")); 7633 return; 7634 } 7635 lp = first_sign; /* start all over */ 7636 continue; 7637 } 7638 lp = lp->sn_next; 7639 } 7640 7641 sp->sn_typenr = next_sign_typenr; 7642 if (++next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR) 7643 next_sign_typenr = 1; /* wrap around */ 7644 7645 sp->sn_name = vim_strsave(arg); 7646 if (sp->sn_name == NULL) /* out of memory */ 7647 { 7648 vim_free(sp); 7649 return; 7650 } 7651 7652 /* add the new sign to the list of signs */ 7653 if (sp_prev == NULL) 7654 first_sign = sp; 7655 else 7656 sp_prev->sn_next = sp; 7657 } 7658 7659 /* set values for a defined sign. */ 7660 for (;;) 7661 { 7662 arg = skipwhite(p); 7663 if (*arg == NUL) 7664 break; 7665 p = skiptowhite_esc(arg); 7666 if (STRNCMP(arg, "icon=", 5) == 0) 7667 { 7668 arg += 5; 7669 vim_free(sp->sn_icon); 7670 sp->sn_icon = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(p - arg)); 7671 backslash_halve(sp->sn_icon); 7672 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 7673 if (gui.in_use) 7674 { 7675 out_flush(); 7676 if (sp->sn_image != NULL) 7677 gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image); 7678 sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon); 7679 } 7680 # endif 7681 } 7682 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "text=", 5) == 0) 7683 { 7684 char_u *s; 7685 int cells; 7686 int len; 7687 7688 arg += 5; 7689 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7690 /* Count cells and check for non-printable chars */ 7691 if (has_mbyte) 7692 { 7693 cells = 0; 7694 for (s = arg; s < p; s += (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) 7695 { 7696 if (!vim_isprintc((*mb_ptr2char)(s))) 7697 break; 7698 cells += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s); 7699 } 7700 } 7701 else 7702 # endif 7703 { 7704 for (s = arg; s < p; ++s) 7705 if (!vim_isprintc(*s)) 7706 break; 7707 cells = (int)(s - arg); 7708 } 7709 /* Currently must be one or two display cells */ 7710 if (s != p || cells < 1 || cells > 2) 7711 { 7712 *p = NUL; 7713 EMSG2(_("E239: Invalid sign text: %s"), arg); 7714 return; 7715 } 7716 7717 vim_free(sp->sn_text); 7718 /* Allocate one byte more if we need to pad up 7719 * with a space. */ 7720 len = (int)(p - arg + ((cells == 1) ? 1 : 0)); 7721 sp->sn_text = vim_strnsave(arg, len); 7722 7723 if (sp->sn_text != NULL && cells == 1) 7724 STRCPY(sp->sn_text + len - 1, " "); 7725 } 7726 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "linehl=", 7) == 0) 7727 { 7728 arg += 7; 7729 sp->sn_line_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg)); 7730 } 7731 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "texthl=", 7) == 0) 7732 { 7733 arg += 7; 7734 sp->sn_text_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg)); 7735 } 7736 else 7737 { 7738 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 7739 return; 7740 } 7741 } 7742 } 7743 else if (sp == NULL) 7744 EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), arg); 7745 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST) 7746 /* ":sign list {name}" */ 7747 sign_list_defined(sp); 7748 else 7749 /* ":sign undefine {name}" */ 7750 sign_undefine(sp, sp_prev); 7751 } 7752 } 7753 else 7754 { 7755 int id = -1; 7756 linenr_T lnum = -1; 7757 char_u *sign_name = NULL; 7758 char_u *arg1; 7759 7760 if (*arg == NUL) 7761 { 7762 if (idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE) 7763 { 7764 /* ":sign place": list placed signs in all buffers */ 7765 sign_list_placed(NULL); 7766 } 7767 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) 7768 { 7769 /* ":sign unplace": remove placed sign at cursor */ 7770 id = buf_findsign_id(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 7771 if (id > 0) 7772 { 7773 buf_delsign(curwin->w_buffer, id); 7774 update_debug_sign(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 7775 } 7776 else 7777 EMSG(_("E159: Missing sign number")); 7778 } 7779 else 7780 EMSG(_(e_argreq)); 7781 return; 7782 } 7783 7784 if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && arg[0] == '*' && arg[1] == NUL) 7785 { 7786 /* ":sign unplace *": remove all placed signs */ 7787 buf_delete_all_signs(); 7788 return; 7789 } 7790 7791 /* first arg could be placed sign id */ 7792 arg1 = arg; 7793 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg)) 7794 { 7795 id = getdigits(&arg); 7796 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(*arg) && *arg != NUL) 7797 { 7798 id = -1; 7799 arg = arg1; 7800 } 7801 else 7802 { 7803 arg = skipwhite(arg); 7804 if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && *arg == NUL) 7805 { 7806 /* ":sign unplace {id}": remove placed sign by number */ 7807 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 7808 if ((lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id)) != 0) 7809 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); 7810 return; 7811 } 7812 } 7813 } 7814 7815 /* 7816 * Check for line={lnum} name={name} and file={fname} or buffer={nr}. 7817 * Leave "arg" pointing to {fname}. 7818 */ 7819 for (;;) 7820 { 7821 if (STRNCMP(arg, "line=", 5) == 0) 7822 { 7823 arg += 5; 7824 lnum = atoi((char *)arg); 7825 arg = skiptowhite(arg); 7826 } 7827 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "*", 1) == 0 && idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) 7828 { 7829 if (id != -1) 7830 { 7831 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7832 return; 7833 } 7834 id = -2; 7835 arg = skiptowhite(arg + 1); 7836 } 7837 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "name=", 5) == 0) 7838 { 7839 arg += 5; 7840 sign_name = arg; 7841 arg = skiptowhite(arg); 7842 if (*arg != NUL) 7843 *arg++ = NUL; 7844 while (sign_name[0] == '0' && sign_name[1] != NUL) 7845 ++sign_name; 7846 } 7847 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "file=", 5) == 0) 7848 { 7849 arg += 5; 7850 buf = buflist_findname(arg); 7851 break; 7852 } 7853 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "buffer=", 7) == 0) 7854 { 7855 arg += 7; 7856 buf = buflist_findnr((int)getdigits(&arg)); 7857 if (*skipwhite(arg) != NUL) 7858 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 7859 break; 7860 } 7861 else 7862 { 7863 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7864 return; 7865 } 7866 arg = skipwhite(arg); 7867 } 7868 7869 if (buf == NULL) 7870 { 7871 EMSG2(_("E158: Invalid buffer name: %s"), arg); 7872 } 7873 else if (id <= 0 && !(idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && id == -2)) 7874 { 7875 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) 7876 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7877 else 7878 /* ":sign place file={fname}": list placed signs in one file */ 7879 sign_list_placed(buf); 7880 } 7881 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_JUMP) 7882 { 7883 /* ":sign jump {id} file={fname}" */ 7884 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) 7885 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7886 else if ((lnum = buf_findsign(buf, id)) > 0) 7887 { /* goto a sign ... */ 7888 if (buf_jump_open_win(buf) != NULL) 7889 { /* ... in a current window */ 7890 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 7891 check_cursor_lnum(); 7892 beginline(BL_WHITE); 7893 } 7894 else 7895 { /* ... not currently in a window */ 7896 char_u *cmd; 7897 7898 if (buf->b_fname == NULL) 7899 { 7900 EMSG(_("E934: Cannot jump to a buffer that does not have a name")); 7901 return; 7902 } 7903 cmd = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(buf->b_fname) + 25); 7904 if (cmd == NULL) 7905 return; 7906 sprintf((char *)cmd, "e +%ld %s", (long)lnum, buf->b_fname); 7907 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 7908 vim_free(cmd); 7909 } 7910 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7911 foldOpenCursor(); 7912 # endif 7913 } 7914 else 7915 EMSGN(_("E157: Invalid sign ID: %ld"), id); 7916 } 7917 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) 7918 { 7919 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) 7920 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7921 else if (id == -2) 7922 { 7923 /* ":sign unplace * file={fname}" */ 7924 redraw_buf_later(buf, NOT_VALID); 7925 buf_delete_signs(buf); 7926 } 7927 else 7928 { 7929 /* ":sign unplace {id} file={fname}" */ 7930 lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id); 7931 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); 7932 } 7933 } 7934 /* idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE */ 7935 else if (sign_name != NULL) 7936 { 7937 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 7938 if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, sign_name) == 0) 7939 break; 7940 if (sp == NULL) 7941 { 7942 EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), sign_name); 7943 return; 7944 } 7945 if (lnum > 0) 7946 /* ":sign place {id} line={lnum} name={name} file={fname}": 7947 * place a sign */ 7948 buf_addsign(buf, id, lnum, sp->sn_typenr); 7949 else 7950 /* ":sign place {id} file={fname}": change sign type */ 7951 lnum = buf_change_sign_type(buf, id, sp->sn_typenr); 7952 if (lnum > 0) 7953 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); 7954 else 7955 EMSG2(_("E885: Not possible to change sign %s"), sign_name); 7956 } 7957 else 7958 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 7959 } 7960 } 7961 7962 # if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO) 7963 /* 7964 * Allocate the icons. Called when the GUI has started. Allows defining 7965 * signs before it starts. 7966 */ 7967 void 7968 sign_gui_started(void) 7969 { 7970 sign_T *sp; 7971 7972 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 7973 if (sp->sn_icon != NULL) 7974 sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon); 7975 } 7976 # endif 7977 7978 /* 7979 * List one sign. 7980 */ 7981 static void 7982 sign_list_defined(sign_T *sp) 7983 { 7984 char_u *p; 7985 7986 smsg((char_u *)"sign %s", sp->sn_name); 7987 if (sp->sn_icon != NULL) 7988 { 7989 MSG_PUTS(" icon="); 7990 msg_outtrans(sp->sn_icon); 7991 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 7992 if (sp->sn_image == NULL) 7993 MSG_PUTS(_(" (NOT FOUND)")); 7994 # else 7995 MSG_PUTS(_(" (not supported)")); 7996 # endif 7997 } 7998 if (sp->sn_text != NULL) 7999 { 8000 MSG_PUTS(" text="); 8001 msg_outtrans(sp->sn_text); 8002 } 8003 if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0) 8004 { 8005 MSG_PUTS(" linehl="); 8006 p = get_highlight_name_ext(NULL, sp->sn_line_hl - 1, FALSE); 8007 if (p == NULL) 8008 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); 8009 else 8010 msg_puts(p); 8011 } 8012 if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0) 8013 { 8014 MSG_PUTS(" texthl="); 8015 p = get_highlight_name_ext(NULL, sp->sn_text_hl - 1, FALSE); 8016 if (p == NULL) 8017 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); 8018 else 8019 msg_puts(p); 8020 } 8021 } 8022 8023 /* 8024 * Undefine a sign and free its memory. 8025 */ 8026 static void 8027 sign_undefine(sign_T *sp, sign_T *sp_prev) 8028 { 8029 vim_free(sp->sn_name); 8030 vim_free(sp->sn_icon); 8031 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 8032 if (sp->sn_image != NULL) 8033 { 8034 out_flush(); 8035 gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image); 8036 } 8037 # endif 8038 vim_free(sp->sn_text); 8039 if (sp_prev == NULL) 8040 first_sign = sp->sn_next; 8041 else 8042 sp_prev->sn_next = sp->sn_next; 8043 vim_free(sp); 8044 } 8045 8046 /* 8047 * Get highlighting attribute for sign "typenr". 8048 * If "line" is TRUE: line highl, if FALSE: text highl. 8049 */ 8050 int 8051 sign_get_attr(int typenr, int line) 8052 { 8053 sign_T *sp; 8054 8055 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8056 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8057 { 8058 if (line) 8059 { 8060 if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0) 8061 return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_line_hl); 8062 } 8063 else 8064 { 8065 if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0) 8066 return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_text_hl); 8067 } 8068 break; 8069 } 8070 return 0; 8071 } 8072 8073 /* 8074 * Get text mark for sign "typenr". 8075 * Returns NULL if there isn't one. 8076 */ 8077 char_u * 8078 sign_get_text(int typenr) 8079 { 8080 sign_T *sp; 8081 8082 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8083 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8084 return sp->sn_text; 8085 return NULL; 8086 } 8087 8088 # if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO) 8089 void * 8090 sign_get_image( 8091 int typenr) /* the attribute which may have a sign */ 8092 { 8093 sign_T *sp; 8094 8095 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8096 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8097 return sp->sn_image; 8098 return NULL; 8099 } 8100 # endif 8101 8102 /* 8103 * Get the name of a sign by its typenr. 8104 */ 8105 char_u * 8106 sign_typenr2name(int typenr) 8107 { 8108 sign_T *sp; 8109 8110 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8111 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) 8112 return sp->sn_name; 8113 return (char_u *)_("[Deleted]"); 8114 } 8115 8116 # if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 8117 /* 8118 * Undefine/free all signs. 8119 */ 8120 void 8121 free_signs(void) 8122 { 8123 while (first_sign != NULL) 8124 sign_undefine(first_sign, NULL); 8125 } 8126 # endif 8127 8128 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 8129 static enum 8130 { 8131 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand :sign sub-commands */ 8132 EXP_DEFINE, /* expand :sign define {name} args */ 8133 EXP_PLACE, /* expand :sign place {id} args */ 8134 EXP_UNPLACE, /* expand :sign unplace" */ 8135 EXP_SIGN_NAMES /* expand with name of placed signs */ 8136 } expand_what; 8137 8138 /* 8139 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the sign command 8140 * expansion. 8141 */ 8142 char_u * 8143 get_sign_name(expand_T *xp UNUSED, int idx) 8144 { 8145 sign_T *sp; 8146 int current_idx; 8147 8148 switch (expand_what) 8149 { 8150 case EXP_SUBCMD: 8151 return (char_u *)cmds[idx]; 8152 case EXP_DEFINE: 8153 { 8154 char *define_arg[] = 8155 { 8156 "icon=", "linehl=", "text=", "texthl=", NULL 8157 }; 8158 return (char_u *)define_arg[idx]; 8159 } 8160 case EXP_PLACE: 8161 { 8162 char *place_arg[] = 8163 { 8164 "line=", "name=", "file=", "buffer=", NULL 8165 }; 8166 return (char_u *)place_arg[idx]; 8167 } 8168 case EXP_UNPLACE: 8169 { 8170 char *unplace_arg[] = { "file=", "buffer=", NULL }; 8171 return (char_u *)unplace_arg[idx]; 8172 } 8173 case EXP_SIGN_NAMES: 8174 /* Complete with name of signs already defined */ 8175 current_idx = 0; 8176 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) 8177 if (current_idx++ == idx) 8178 return sp->sn_name; 8179 return NULL; 8180 default: 8181 return NULL; 8182 } 8183 } 8184 8185 /* 8186 * Handle command line completion for :sign command. 8187 */ 8188 void 8189 set_context_in_sign_cmd(expand_T *xp, char_u *arg) 8190 { 8191 char_u *p; 8192 char_u *end_subcmd; 8193 char_u *last; 8194 int cmd_idx; 8195 char_u *begin_subcmd_args; 8196 8197 /* Default: expand subcommands. */ 8198 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SIGN; 8199 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD; 8200 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 8201 8202 end_subcmd = skiptowhite(arg); 8203 if (*end_subcmd == NUL) 8204 /* expand subcmd name 8205 * :sign {subcmd}<CTRL-D>*/ 8206 return; 8207 8208 cmd_idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, end_subcmd); 8209 8210 /* :sign {subcmd} {subcmd_args} 8211 * | 8212 * begin_subcmd_args */ 8213 begin_subcmd_args = skipwhite(end_subcmd); 8214 p = skiptowhite(begin_subcmd_args); 8215 if (*p == NUL) 8216 { 8217 /* 8218 * Expand first argument of subcmd when possible. 8219 * For ":jump {id}" and ":unplace {id}", we could 8220 * possibly expand the ids of all signs already placed. 8221 */ 8222 xp->xp_pattern = begin_subcmd_args; 8223 switch (cmd_idx) 8224 { 8225 case SIGNCMD_LIST: 8226 case SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE: 8227 /* :sign list <CTRL-D> 8228 * :sign undefine <CTRL-D> */ 8229 expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES; 8230 break; 8231 default: 8232 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8233 } 8234 return; 8235 } 8236 8237 /* expand last argument of subcmd */ 8238 8239 /* :sign define {name} {args}... 8240 * | 8241 * p */ 8242 8243 /* Loop until reaching last argument. */ 8244 do 8245 { 8246 p = skipwhite(p); 8247 last = p; 8248 p = skiptowhite(p); 8249 } while (*p != NUL); 8250 8251 p = vim_strchr(last, '='); 8252 8253 /* :sign define {name} {args}... {last}= 8254 * | | 8255 * last p */ 8256 if (p == NULL) 8257 { 8258 /* Expand last argument name (before equal sign). */ 8259 xp->xp_pattern = last; 8260 switch (cmd_idx) 8261 { 8262 case SIGNCMD_DEFINE: 8263 expand_what = EXP_DEFINE; 8264 break; 8265 case SIGNCMD_PLACE: 8266 expand_what = EXP_PLACE; 8267 break; 8268 case SIGNCMD_JUMP: 8269 case SIGNCMD_UNPLACE: 8270 expand_what = EXP_UNPLACE; 8271 break; 8272 default: 8273 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8274 } 8275 } 8276 else 8277 { 8278 /* Expand last argument value (after equal sign). */ 8279 xp->xp_pattern = p + 1; 8280 switch (cmd_idx) 8281 { 8282 case SIGNCMD_DEFINE: 8283 if (STRNCMP(last, "texthl", p - last) == 0 || 8284 STRNCMP(last, "linehl", p - last) == 0) 8285 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; 8286 else if (STRNCMP(last, "icon", p - last) == 0) 8287 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; 8288 else 8289 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8290 break; 8291 case SIGNCMD_PLACE: 8292 if (STRNCMP(last, "name", p - last) == 0) 8293 expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES; 8294 else 8295 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8296 break; 8297 default: 8298 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8299 } 8300 } 8301 } 8302 # endif 8303 #endif 8304 8305 /* 8306 * Make the user happy. 8307 */ 8308 void 8309 ex_smile(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 8310 { 8311 static char *code[] = { 8312 "\34 \4o\14$\4ox\30 \2o\30$\1ox\25 \2o\36$\1o\11 \1o\1$\3 \2$\1 \1o\1$x\5 \1o\1 \1$\1 \2o\10 \1o\44$\1o\7 \2$\1 \2$\1 \2$\1o\1$x\2 \2o\1 \1$\1 \1$\1 \1\"\1$\6 \1o\11$\4 \15$\4 \11$\1o\7 \3$\1o\2$\1o\1$x\2 \1\"\6$\1o\1$\5 \1o\11$\6 \13$\6 \12$\1o\4 \10$x\4 \7$\4 \13$\6 \13$\6 \27$x\4 \27$\4 \15$\4 \16$\2 \3\"\3$x\5 \1\"\3$\4\"\61$\5 \1\"\3$x\6 \3$\3 \1o\62$\5 \1\"\3$\1ox\5 \1o\2$\1\"\3 \63$\7 \3$\1ox\5 \3$\4 \55$\1\"\1 \1\"\6$", 8313 "\5o\4$\1ox\4 \1o\3$\4o\5$\2 \45$\3 \1o\21$x\4 \10$\1\"\4$\3 \42$\5 \4$\10\"x\3 \4\"\7 \4$\4 \1\"\34$\1\"\6 \1o\3$x\16 \1\"\3$\1o\5 \3\"\22$\1\"\2$\1\"\11 \3$x\20 \3$\1o\12 \1\"\2$\2\"\6$\4\"\13 \1o\3$x\21 \4$\1o\40 \1o\3$\1\"x\22 \1\"\4$\1o\6 \1o\6$\1o\1\"\4$\1o\10 \1o\4$x\24 \1\"\5$\2o\5 \2\"\4$\1o\5$\1o\3 \1o\4$\2\"x\27 \2\"\5$\4o\2 \1\"\3$\1o\11$\3\"x\32 \2\"\7$\2o\1 \12$x\42 \4\"\13$x\46 \14$x\47 \12$\1\"x\50 \1\"\3$\4\"x" 8314 }; 8315 char *p; 8316 int n; 8317 int i; 8318 8319 msg_start(); 8320 msg_putchar('\n'); 8321 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) 8322 for (p = code[i]; *p != NUL; ++p) 8323 if (*p == 'x') 8324 msg_putchar('\n'); 8325 else 8326 for (n = *p++; n > 0; --n) 8327 if (*p == 'o' || *p == '$') 8328 msg_putchar_attr(*p, HL_ATTR(HLF_L)); 8329 else 8330 msg_putchar(*p); 8331 msg_clr_eos(); 8332 } 8333 8334 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) || defined(PROTO) 8335 /* 8336 * ":drop" 8337 * Opens the first argument in a window. When there are two or more arguments 8338 * the argument list is redefined. 8339 */ 8340 void 8341 ex_drop(exarg_T *eap) 8342 { 8343 int split = FALSE; 8344 win_T *wp; 8345 buf_T *buf; 8346 tabpage_T *tp; 8347 8348 /* 8349 * Check if the first argument is already being edited in a window. If 8350 * so, jump to that window. 8351 * We would actually need to check all arguments, but that's complicated 8352 * and mostly only one file is dropped. 8353 * This also ignores wildcards, since it is very unlikely the user is 8354 * editing a file name with a wildcard character. 8355 */ 8356 set_arglist(eap->arg); 8357 8358 /* 8359 * Expanding wildcards may result in an empty argument list. E.g. when 8360 * editing "foo.pyc" and ".pyc" is in 'wildignore'. Assume that we 8361 * already did an error message for this. 8362 */ 8363 if (ARGCOUNT == 0) 8364 return; 8365 8366 if (cmdmod.tab) 8367 { 8368 /* ":tab drop file ...": open a tab for each argument that isn't 8369 * edited in a window yet. It's like ":tab all" but without closing 8370 * windows or tabs. */ 8371 ex_all(eap); 8372 } 8373 else 8374 { 8375 /* ":drop file ...": Edit the first argument. Jump to an existing 8376 * window if possible, edit in current window if the current buffer 8377 * can be abandoned, otherwise open a new window. */ 8378 buf = buflist_findnr(ARGLIST[0].ae_fnum); 8379 8380 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8381 { 8382 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 8383 { 8384 goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp); 8385 curwin->w_arg_idx = 0; 8386 return; 8387 } 8388 } 8389 8390 /* 8391 * Check whether the current buffer is changed. If so, we will need 8392 * to split the current window or data could be lost. 8393 * Skip the check if the 'hidden' option is set, as in this case the 8394 * buffer won't be lost. 8395 */ 8396 if (!buf_hide(curbuf)) 8397 { 8398 ++emsg_off; 8399 split = check_changed(curbuf, CCGD_AW | CCGD_EXCMD); 8400 --emsg_off; 8401 } 8402 8403 /* Fake a ":sfirst" or ":first" command edit the first argument. */ 8404 if (split) 8405 { 8406 eap->cmdidx = CMD_sfirst; 8407 eap->cmd[0] = 's'; 8408 } 8409 else 8410 eap->cmdidx = CMD_first; 8411 ex_rewind(eap); 8412 } 8413 } 8414 #endif 8415 8416 /* 8417 * Skip over the pattern argument of ":vimgrep /pat/[g][j]". 8418 * Put the start of the pattern in "*s", unless "s" is NULL. 8419 * If "flags" is not NULL put the flags in it: VGR_GLOBAL, VGR_NOJUMP. 8420 * If "s" is not NULL terminate the pattern with a NUL. 8421 * Return a pointer to the char just past the pattern plus flags. 8422 */ 8423 char_u * 8424 skip_vimgrep_pat(char_u *p, char_u **s, int *flags) 8425 { 8426 int c; 8427 8428 if (vim_isIDc(*p)) 8429 { 8430 /* ":vimgrep pattern fname" */ 8431 if (s != NULL) 8432 *s = p; 8433 p = skiptowhite(p); 8434 if (s != NULL && *p != NUL) 8435 *p++ = NUL; 8436 } 8437 else 8438 { 8439 /* ":vimgrep /pattern/[g][j] fname" */ 8440 if (s != NULL) 8441 *s = p + 1; 8442 c = *p; 8443 p = skip_regexp(p + 1, c, TRUE, NULL); 8444 if (*p != c) 8445 return NULL; 8446 8447 /* Truncate the pattern. */ 8448 if (s != NULL) 8449 *p = NUL; 8450 ++p; 8451 8452 /* Find the flags */ 8453 while (*p == 'g' || *p == 'j') 8454 { 8455 if (flags != NULL) 8456 { 8457 if (*p == 'g') 8458 *flags |= VGR_GLOBAL; 8459 else 8460 *flags |= VGR_NOJUMP; 8461 } 8462 ++p; 8463 } 8464 } 8465 return p; 8466 } 8467 8468 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 8469 /* 8470 * List v:oldfiles in a nice way. 8471 */ 8472 void 8473 ex_oldfiles(exarg_T *eap UNUSED) 8474 { 8475 list_T *l = get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES); 8476 listitem_T *li; 8477 int nr = 0; 8478 char_u *fname; 8479 8480 if (l == NULL) 8481 msg((char_u *)_("No old files")); 8482 else 8483 { 8484 msg_start(); 8485 msg_scroll = TRUE; 8486 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL && !got_int; li = li->li_next) 8487 { 8488 ++nr; 8489 fname = get_tv_string(&li->li_tv); 8490 if (!message_filtered(fname)) 8491 { 8492 msg_outnum((long)nr); 8493 MSG_PUTS(": "); 8494 msg_outtrans(fname); 8495 msg_clr_eos(); 8496 msg_putchar('\n'); 8497 out_flush(); /* output one line at a time */ 8498 ui_breakcheck(); 8499 } 8500 } 8501 8502 /* Assume "got_int" was set to truncate the listing. */ 8503 got_int = FALSE; 8504 8505 # ifdef FEAT_BROWSE_CMD 8506 if (cmdmod.browse) 8507 { 8508 quit_more = FALSE; 8509 nr = prompt_for_number(FALSE); 8510 msg_starthere(); 8511 if (nr > 0) 8512 { 8513 char_u *p = list_find_str(get_vim_var_list(VV_OLDFILES), 8514 (long)nr); 8515 8516 if (p != NULL) 8517 { 8518 p = expand_env_save(p); 8519 eap->arg = p; 8520 eap->cmdidx = CMD_edit; 8521 cmdmod.browse = FALSE; 8522 do_exedit(eap, NULL); 8523 vim_free(p); 8524 } 8525 } 8526 } 8527 # endif 8528 } 8529 } 8530 #endif 8531